| File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c |
| Warning: | line 3544, column 7 Value stored to 'pm' is never read |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
| 4 | 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 11 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 20 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | /* SECTION |
| 23 | |
| 24 | ELF backends |
| 25 | |
| 26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
| 27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
| 28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
| 29 | |
| 30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
| 31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
| 32 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
| 33 | |
| 34 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
| 35 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
| 36 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 37 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 38 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 39 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 40 | #define ARCH_SIZE0 0 |
| 41 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 42 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 43 | |
| 44 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
| 45 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
| 46 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
| 47 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
| 48 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
| 51 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
| 52 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
| 53 | |
| 54 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
| 55 | |
| 56 | void |
| 57 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 58 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
| 59 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
| 60 | { |
| 61 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_version)); |
| 62 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_flags)); |
| 63 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_ndx)); |
| 64 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_cnt)); |
| 65 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_hash)); |
| 66 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_aux)); |
| 67 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_next)); |
| 68 | } |
| 69 | |
| 70 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
| 71 | |
| 72 | void |
| 73 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 74 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
| 75 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
| 76 | { |
| 77 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_version, dst ->vd_version)); |
| 78 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_flags, dst ->vd_flags)); |
| 79 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_ndx, dst-> vd_ndx)); |
| 80 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_cnt, dst-> vd_cnt)); |
| 81 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_hash, dst-> vd_hash)); |
| 82 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_aux, dst-> vd_aux)); |
| 83 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_next, dst-> vd_next)); |
| 84 | } |
| 85 | |
| 86 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 87 | |
| 88 | void |
| 89 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 90 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
| 91 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
| 92 | { |
| 93 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_name)); |
| 94 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_next)); |
| 95 | } |
| 96 | |
| 97 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 98 | |
| 99 | void |
| 100 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 101 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
| 102 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
| 103 | { |
| 104 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_name, dst ->vda_name)); |
| 105 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_next, dst ->vda_next)); |
| 106 | } |
| 107 | |
| 108 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
| 109 | |
| 110 | void |
| 111 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 112 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
| 113 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
| 114 | { |
| 115 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_version)); |
| 116 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_cnt)); |
| 117 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_file)); |
| 118 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_aux)); |
| 119 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_next)); |
| 120 | } |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
| 123 | |
| 124 | void |
| 125 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 126 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
| 127 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
| 128 | { |
| 129 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_version, dst ->vn_version)); |
| 130 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_cnt, dst-> vn_cnt)); |
| 131 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_file, dst-> vn_file)); |
| 132 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_aux, dst-> vn_aux)); |
| 133 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_next, dst-> vn_next)); |
| 134 | } |
| 135 | |
| 136 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 137 | |
| 138 | void |
| 139 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 140 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
| 141 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
| 142 | { |
| 143 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_hash)); |
| 144 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_flags)); |
| 145 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_other)); |
| 146 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_name)); |
| 147 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_next)); |
| 148 | } |
| 149 | |
| 150 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 151 | |
| 152 | void |
| 153 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 154 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
| 155 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
| 156 | { |
| 157 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_hash, dst ->vna_hash)); |
| 158 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_flags, dst ->vna_flags)); |
| 159 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_other, dst ->vna_other)); |
| 160 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_name, dst ->vna_name)); |
| 161 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_next, dst ->vna_next)); |
| 162 | } |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
| 165 | |
| 166 | void |
| 167 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 168 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
| 169 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
| 170 | { |
| 171 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vs_vers)); |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
| 175 | |
| 176 | void |
| 177 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 178 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
| 179 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
| 180 | { |
| 181 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vs_vers, dst-> vs_vers)); |
| 182 | } |
| 183 | |
| 184 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 185 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 186 | |
| 187 | unsigned long |
| 188 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
| 189 | { |
| 190 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 191 | unsigned long h = 0; |
| 192 | unsigned long g; |
| 193 | int ch; |
| 194 | |
| 195 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 196 | { |
| 197 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
| 198 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
| 199 | { |
| 200 | h ^= g >> 24; |
| 201 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
| 202 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
| 203 | h ^= g; |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | } |
| 206 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
| 207 | } |
| 208 | |
| 209 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF |
| 210 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the |
| 211 | buffer. */ |
| 212 | |
| 213 | static char * |
| 214 | elf_read (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
| 215 | { |
| 216 | char *buf; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 219 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 220 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
| 221 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 222 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
| 223 | { |
| 224 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 225 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
| 226 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | return buf; |
| 229 | } |
| 230 | |
| 231 | bfd_boolean |
| 232 | bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| 233 | { |
| 234 | /* This just does initialization. */ |
| 235 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ |
| 236 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
| 237 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) == 0) |
| 238 | return FALSE0; |
| 239 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any |
| 240 | initialization? */ |
| 241 | |
| 242 | return TRUE1; |
| 243 | } |
| 244 | |
| 245 | bfd_boolean |
| 246 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
| 247 | { |
| 248 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 249 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
| 250 | } |
| 251 | |
| 252 | char * |
| 253 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 254 | { |
| 255 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 256 | char *shstrtab = NULL((void*)0); |
| 257 | file_ptr offset; |
| 258 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
| 259 | |
| 260 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 261 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
| 262 | return 0; |
| 263 | |
| 264 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
| 265 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 266 | { |
| 267 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
| 268 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
| 269 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
| 270 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize); |
| 271 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
| 272 | } |
| 273 | return shstrtab; |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | |
| 276 | char * |
| 277 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 278 | unsigned int shindex, |
| 279 | unsigned int strindex) |
| 280 | { |
| 281 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | if (strindex == 0) |
| 284 | return ""; |
| 285 | |
| 286 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
| 287 | |
| 288 | if (hdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
| 289 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 290 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 291 | |
| 292 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
| 293 | { |
| 294 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 295 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'")("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
| 296 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
| 297 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx |
| 298 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name) |
| 299 | ? ".shstrtab" |
| 300 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, (((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data ) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
| 301 | return ""; |
| 302 | } |
| 303 | |
| 304 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
| 305 | } |
| 306 | |
| 307 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
| 308 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
| 309 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
| 310 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
| 311 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */ |
| 312 | |
| 313 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
| 314 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
| 315 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 316 | size_t symcount, |
| 317 | size_t symoffset, |
| 318 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
| 319 | void *extsym_buf, |
| 320 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
| 321 | { |
| 322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
| 323 | void *alloc_ext; |
| 324 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
| 325 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
| 326 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
| 327 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 328 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
| 329 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 330 | size_t extsym_size; |
| 331 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 332 | file_ptr pos; |
| 333 | |
| 334 | if (symcount == 0) |
| 335 | return intsym_buf; |
| 336 | |
| 337 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
| 338 | shndx_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 339 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr) |
| 340 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
| 343 | alloc_ext = NULL((void*)0); |
| 344 | alloc_extshndx = NULL((void*)0); |
| 345 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 346 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 347 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
| 348 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
| 349 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 350 | { |
| 351 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 352 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
| 355 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 356 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 357 | { |
| 358 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 359 | goto out; |
| 360 | } |
| 361 | |
| 362 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL((void*)0) || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 363 | extshndx_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 364 | else |
| 365 | { |
| 366 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 367 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 368 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 369 | { |
| 370 | alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 371 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
| 372 | } |
| 373 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
| 374 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 375 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 376 | { |
| 377 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 378 | goto out; |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | |
| 382 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 383 | { |
| 384 | bfd_size_type amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym); |
| 385 | intsym_buf = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 386 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 387 | goto out; |
| 388 | } |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
| 391 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
| 392 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; |
| 393 | isym < isymend; |
| 394 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL((void*)0) ? shndx + 1 : NULL((void*)0)) |
| 395 | (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym); |
| 396 | |
| 397 | out: |
| 398 | if (alloc_ext != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 399 | free (alloc_ext); |
| 400 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 401 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
| 402 | |
| 403 | return intsym_buf; |
| 404 | } |
| 405 | |
| 406 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
| 407 | const char * |
| 408 | bfd_elf_local_sym_name (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *isym) |
| 409 | { |
| 410 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
| 411 | unsigned int shindex = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_link; |
| 412 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info)((isym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3) |
| 413 | { |
| 414 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
| 415 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx; |
| 416 | } |
| 417 | |
| 418 | return bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
| 419 | } |
| 420 | |
| 421 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
| 422 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
| 423 | pointers. */ |
| 424 | |
| 425 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
| 426 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
| 427 | unsigned int flags; |
| 428 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
| 429 | |
| 430 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
| 431 | signature just a string? */ |
| 432 | |
| 433 | static const char * |
| 434 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
| 435 | { |
| 436 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 437 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 438 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 439 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 440 | |
| 441 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. */ |
| 442 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
| 443 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 444 | |
| 445 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
| 446 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 447 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
| 448 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 449 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 450 | |
| 451 | return bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, &isym); |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | |
| 454 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
| 455 | |
| 456 | static bfd_boolean |
| 457 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
| 458 | { |
| 459 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group; |
| 460 | |
| 461 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
| 462 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 463 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 464 | { |
| 465 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
| 466 | |
| 467 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
| 468 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
| 469 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 470 | num_group = 0; |
| 471 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 472 | { |
| 473 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
| 474 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
| 475 | num_group += 1; |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | |
| 478 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 479 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
| 480 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group = num_group; |
| 481 | |
| 482 | if (num_group > 0) |
| 483 | { |
| 484 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
| 485 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
| 486 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
| 487 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 488 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 489 | return FALSE0; |
| 490 | |
| 491 | num_group = 0; |
| 492 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 493 | { |
| 494 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
| 495 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
| 496 | { |
| 497 | unsigned char *src; |
| 498 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
| 499 | |
| 500 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
| 501 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
| 502 | num_group += 1; |
| 503 | |
| 504 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
| 505 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4){ if (!(sizeof (*dest) >= 4)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,505); }; |
| 506 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
| 507 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 508 | if (shdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
| 509 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 510 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| 511 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
| 512 | return FALSE0; |
| 513 | |
| 514 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
| 515 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
| 516 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
| 517 | pointers. */ |
| 518 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
| 519 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
| 520 | while (1) |
| 521 | { |
| 522 | unsigned int idx; |
| 523 | |
| 524 | src -= 4; |
| 525 | --dest; |
| 526 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src)); |
| 527 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
| 528 | { |
| 529 | dest->flags = idx; |
| 530 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) && (idx & GRP_COMDAT0x1)) |
| 531 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 532 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
| 533 | break; |
| 534 | } |
| 535 | if (idx >= shnum) |
| 536 | { |
| 537 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 538 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry")("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), |
| 539 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd))); |
| 540 | idx = 0; |
| 541 | } |
| 542 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[idx]; |
| 543 | } |
| 544 | } |
| 545 | } |
| 546 | } |
| 547 | } |
| 548 | |
| 549 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | unsigned int i; |
| 552 | |
| 553 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 554 | { |
| 555 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 556 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 557 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 558 | |
| 559 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
| 560 | section is a member. */ |
| 561 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 562 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
| 563 | { |
| 564 | asection *s = NULL((void*)0); |
| 565 | |
| 566 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
| 567 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
| 568 | next_in_group. */ |
| 569 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 570 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 571 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 572 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
| 573 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 574 | break; |
| 575 | if (n_elt != 0) |
| 576 | { |
| 577 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
| 578 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
| 579 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = elf_group_name (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->group. name); |
| 580 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 581 | elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = newsect; |
| 582 | } |
| 583 | else |
| 584 | { |
| 585 | const char *gname; |
| 586 | |
| 587 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
| 588 | if (gname == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 589 | return FALSE0; |
| 590 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = gname; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
| 593 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = newsect; |
| 594 | } |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
| 597 | new member. */ |
| 598 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 599 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)shdr->bfd_section->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = newsect; |
| 600 | |
| 601 | i = num_group - 1; |
| 602 | break; |
| 603 | } |
| 604 | } |
| 605 | } |
| 606 | |
| 607 | if (elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 608 | { |
| 609 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s")("%s: no group info for section %s"), |
| 610 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name); |
| 611 | } |
| 612 | return TRUE1; |
| 613 | } |
| 614 | |
| 615 | bfd_boolean |
| 616 | bfd_elf_discard_group (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), asection *group) |
| 617 | { |
| 618 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (group)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)group->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 619 | asection *s = first; |
| 620 | |
| 621 | while (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 622 | { |
| 623 | s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr((asection *) &bfd_abs_section); |
| 624 | s = elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 625 | /* These lists are circular. */ |
| 626 | if (s == first) |
| 627 | break; |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | return TRUE1; |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | |
| 632 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
| 633 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
| 634 | |
| 635 | bfd_boolean |
| 636 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 637 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 638 | const char *name) |
| 639 | { |
| 640 | asection *newsect; |
| 641 | flagword flags; |
| 642 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 643 | |
| 644 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 645 | { |
| 646 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,{ if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0)) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",647 ); } |
| 647 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0){ if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0)) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",647 ); }; |
| 648 | return TRUE1; |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 652 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 653 | return FALSE0; |
| 654 | |
| 655 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
| 656 | elf_section_type (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_type) = hdr->sh_type; |
| 657 | elf_section_flags (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_flags) = hdr->sh_flags; |
| 658 | |
| 659 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)(((newsect)->vma = (newsect)->lma = (hdr->sh_addr)), ((newsect)->user_set_vma = 1), 1) |
| 662 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
| 663 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1) |
| 664 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1)) |
| 665 | return FALSE0; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS0x000; |
| 668 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
| 669 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 670 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17) |
| 671 | flags |= SEC_GROUP0x80000000 | SEC_EXCLUDE0x40000; |
| 672 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
| 673 | { |
| 674 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
| 675 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
| 676 | flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
| 677 | } |
| 678 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE(1 << 0)) == 0) |
| 679 | flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
| 680 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2)) != 0) |
| 681 | flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
| 682 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 683 | flags |= SEC_DATA0x040; |
| 684 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE(1 << 4)) != 0) |
| 685 | { |
| 686 | flags |= SEC_MERGE0x20000000; |
| 687 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 688 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5)) != 0) |
| 689 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS0x40000000; |
| 690 | } |
| 691 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) |
| 692 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
| 693 | return FALSE0; |
| 694 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS(1 << 10)) != 0) |
| 695 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not |
| 698 | any sort of flag. */ |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] = |
| 701 | { |
| 702 | ".debug", |
| 703 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", |
| 704 | ".line", |
| 705 | ".stab" |
| 706 | }; |
| 707 | int i; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names)(sizeof (debug_sec_names) / sizeof ((debug_sec_names)[0])); i--;) |
| 710 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0) |
| 711 | break; |
| 712 | |
| 713 | if (i >= 0) |
| 714 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING0x10000; |
| 715 | } |
| 716 | |
| 717 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
| 718 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
| 719 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
| 720 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
| 721 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
| 722 | all but one of the sections. */ |
| 723 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0 |
| 724 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 725 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
| 726 | |
| 727 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 728 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
| 729 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
| 730 | return FALSE0; |
| 731 | |
| 732 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
| 733 | return FALSE0; |
| 734 | |
| 735 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 736 | { |
| 737 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| 738 | unsigned int i; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. |
| 741 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since |
| 742 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ |
| 743 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 744 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 745 | { |
| 746 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
| 747 | break; |
| 748 | } |
| 749 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum) |
| 750 | { |
| 751 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 752 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 753 | { |
| 754 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
| 755 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
| 756 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
| 757 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
| 758 | |
| 759 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and |
| 760 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong |
| 761 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can |
| 762 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, |
| 763 | place special significance on the address 0 and |
| 764 | executables need to be able to have a segment which |
| 765 | covers this address. */ |
| 766 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
| 767 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
| 768 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| 769 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
| 770 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0 |
| 771 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| 772 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) |
| 773 | { |
| 774 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
| 775 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 776 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
| 777 | else |
| 778 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
| 779 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
| 780 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
| 781 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
| 782 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
| 783 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
| 784 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
| 785 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 786 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
| 787 | |
| 788 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
| 789 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
| 790 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
| 791 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
| 792 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
| 793 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
| 794 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
| 795 | break; |
| 796 | } |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 802 | elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
| 803 | |
| 804 | return TRUE1; |
| 805 | } |
| 806 | |
| 807 | /* |
| 808 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
| 809 | bfd_elf_find_section |
| 810 | |
| 811 | SYNOPSIS |
| 812 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
| 813 | |
| 814 | DESCRIPTION |
| 815 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
| 816 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
| 817 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
| 818 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
| 819 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
| 820 | */ |
| 821 | |
| 822 | struct elf_internal_shdr * |
| 823 | bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) |
| 824 | { |
| 825 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 826 | char *shstrtab; |
| 827 | unsigned int max; |
| 828 | unsigned int i; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 831 | if (i_shdrp != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 832 | { |
| 833 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, |
| 834 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx); |
| 835 | if (shstrtab != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 836 | { |
| 837 | max = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 838 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
| 839 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
| 840 | return i_shdrp[i]; |
| 841 | } |
| 842 | } |
| 843 | return 0; |
| 844 | } |
| 845 | |
| 846 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
| 847 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
| 848 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
| 849 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
| 850 | }; |
| 851 | |
| 852 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
| 853 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
| 854 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
| 855 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
| 856 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
| 857 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
| 858 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
| 859 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
| 860 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
| 861 | |
| 862 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 863 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 864 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 865 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 866 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 867 | asection *input_section, |
| 868 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 869 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
| 870 | { |
| 871 | if (output_bfd != NULL((void*)0) |
| 872 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
| 873 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
| 874 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 877 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 878 | } |
| 879 | |
| 880 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 881 | } |
| 882 | |
| 883 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */ |
| 884 | |
| 885 | static void |
| 886 | merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 887 | asection *sec) |
| 888 | { |
| 889 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE){ if (!(sec->sec_info_type == 2)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,889); }; |
| 890 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE0; |
| 891 | } |
| 892 | |
| 893 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
| 894 | |
| 895 | bfd_boolean |
| 896 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 897 | { |
| 898 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
| 899 | return FALSE0; |
| 900 | if (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info) |
| 901 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
| 902 | merge_sections_remove_hook); |
| 903 | return TRUE1; |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | |
| 906 | void |
| 907 | _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 908 | { |
| 909 | sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr((asection *) &bfd_abs_section); |
| 910 | sec->output_offset = sec->vma; |
| 911 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
| 912 | return; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS4; |
| 915 | } |
| 916 | |
| 917 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
| 918 | another. */ |
| 919 | |
| 920 | bfd_boolean |
| 921 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 922 | { |
| 923 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 924 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 925 | return TRUE1; |
| 926 | |
| 927 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd){ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); } |
| 928 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags{ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); } |
| 929 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)){ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); }; |
| 930 | |
| 931 | elf_gp (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp) = elf_gp (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp); |
| 932 | elf_elfheader (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags; |
| 933 | elf_flags_init (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) = TRUE1; |
| 934 | return TRUE1; |
| 935 | } |
| 936 | |
| 937 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
| 938 | |
| 939 | bfd_boolean |
| 940 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
| 941 | { |
| 942 | FILE *f = farg; |
| 943 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 944 | asection *s; |
| 945 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 946 | |
| 947 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 948 | if (p != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | unsigned int i, c; |
| 951 | |
| 952 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
| 953 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
| 954 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
| 955 | { |
| 956 | const char *pt; |
| 957 | char buf[20]; |
| 958 | |
| 959 | switch (p->p_type) |
| 960 | { |
| 961 | case PT_NULL0: pt = "NULL"; break; |
| 962 | case PT_LOAD1: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
| 963 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
| 964 | case PT_INTERP3: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
| 965 | case PT_NOTE4: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
| 966 | case PT_SHLIB5: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
| 967 | case PT_PHDR6: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
| 968 | case PT_TLS7: pt = "TLS"; break; |
| 969 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
| 970 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): pt = "STACK"; break; |
| 971 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: pt = "OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE"; break; |
| 972 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break; |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
| 975 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
| 976 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
| 977 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
| 978 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
| 979 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
| 980 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
| 981 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
| 982 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
| 983 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
| 984 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
| 985 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
| 986 | (p->p_flags & PF_R(1 << 2)) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
| 987 | (p->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1)) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
| 988 | (p->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
| 989 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))) != 0) |
| 990 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))); |
| 991 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 992 | } |
| 993 | } |
| 994 | |
| 995 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 996 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 997 | { |
| 998 | int elfsec; |
| 999 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 1000 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1001 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1002 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | dynbuf = bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
| 1007 | if (dynbuf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1008 | goto error_return; |
| 1009 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, dynbuf, 0, s->_raw_size)) |
| 1010 | goto error_return; |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 1013 | if (elfsec == -1) |
| 1014 | goto error_return; |
| 1015 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1018 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1021 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
| 1022 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1023 | { |
| 1024 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1025 | const char *name; |
| 1026 | char ab[20]; |
| 1027 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
| 1032 | break; |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | stringp = FALSE0; |
| 1035 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 1036 | { |
| 1037 | default: |
| 1038 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
| 1039 | name = ab; |
| 1040 | break; |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | case DT_NEEDED1: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1043 | case DT_PLTRELSZ2: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
| 1044 | case DT_PLTGOT3: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
| 1045 | case DT_HASH4: name = "HASH"; break; |
| 1046 | case DT_STRTAB5: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
| 1047 | case DT_SYMTAB6: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
| 1048 | case DT_RELA7: name = "RELA"; break; |
| 1049 | case DT_RELASZ8: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
| 1050 | case DT_RELAENT9: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
| 1051 | case DT_STRSZ10: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
| 1052 | case DT_SYMENT11: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
| 1053 | case DT_INIT12: name = "INIT"; break; |
| 1054 | case DT_FINI13: name = "FINI"; break; |
| 1055 | case DT_SONAME14: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1056 | case DT_RPATH15: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1057 | case DT_SYMBOLIC16: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
| 1058 | case DT_REL17: name = "REL"; break; |
| 1059 | case DT_RELSZ18: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
| 1060 | case DT_RELENT19: name = "RELENT"; break; |
| 1061 | case DT_PLTREL20: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
| 1062 | case DT_DEBUG21: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
| 1063 | case DT_TEXTREL22: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
| 1064 | case DT_JMPREL23: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
| 1065 | case DT_BIND_NOW24: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
| 1066 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY25: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1067 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY26: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1068 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ27: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1069 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ28: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1070 | case DT_RUNPATH29: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1071 | case DT_FLAGS30: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
| 1072 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY32: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1073 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ33: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1074 | case DT_CHECKSUM0x6ffffdf8: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
| 1075 | case DT_PLTPADSZ0x6ffffdf9: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
| 1076 | case DT_MOVEENT0x6ffffdfa: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
| 1077 | case DT_MOVESZ0x6ffffdfb: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
| 1078 | case DT_FEATURE0x6ffffdfc: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
| 1079 | case DT_POSFLAG_10x6ffffdfd: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
| 1080 | case DT_SYMINSZ0x6ffffdfe: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
| 1081 | case DT_SYMINENT0x6ffffdff: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
| 1082 | case DT_CONFIG0x6ffffefa: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1083 | case DT_DEPAUDIT0x6ffffefb: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1084 | case DT_AUDIT0x6ffffefc: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1085 | case DT_PLTPAD0x6ffffefd: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
| 1086 | case DT_MOVETAB0x6ffffefe: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
| 1087 | case DT_SYMINFO0x6ffffeff: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
| 1088 | case DT_RELACOUNT0x6ffffff9: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
| 1089 | case DT_RELCOUNT0x6ffffffa: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
| 1090 | case DT_FLAGS_10x6ffffffb: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
| 1091 | case DT_VERSYM0x6ffffff0: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
| 1092 | case DT_VERDEF0x6ffffffc: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
| 1093 | case DT_VERDEFNUM0x6ffffffd: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
| 1094 | case DT_VERNEED0x6ffffffe: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
| 1095 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM0x6fffffff: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
| 1096 | case DT_AUXILIARY0x7ffffffd: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1097 | case DT_USED0x7ffffffe: name = "USED"; break; |
| 1098 | case DT_FILTER0x7fffffff: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); |
| 1102 | if (! stringp) |
| 1103 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 1104 | else |
| 1105 | { |
| 1106 | const char *string; |
| 1107 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 1110 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1111 | goto error_return; |
| 1112 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1118 | dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1122 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0))) |
| 1123 | { |
| 1124 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)) |
| 1125 | return FALSE0; |
| 1126 | } |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
| 1133 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vd_nextdef) |
| 1134 | { |
| 1135 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
| 1136 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename); |
| 1137 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1138 | { |
| 1139 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
| 1142 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
| 1143 | a != NULL((void*)0); |
| 1144 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
| 1145 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename); |
| 1146 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | } |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
| 1152 | { |
| 1153 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")("\nVersion References:\n")); |
| 1156 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1157 | { |
| 1158 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n")(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename); |
| 1161 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1162 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
| 1163 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename); |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | } |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | return TRUE1; |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | error_return: |
| 1170 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1171 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1172 | return FALSE0; |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | void |
| 1178 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
| 1179 | void *filep, |
| 1180 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 1181 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
| 1182 | { |
| 1183 | FILE *file = filep; |
| 1184 | switch (how) |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| 1187 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
| 1188 | break; |
| 1189 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| 1190 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
| 1191 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
| 1192 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
| 1193 | break; |
| 1194 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| 1195 | { |
| 1196 | const char *section_name; |
| 1197 | const char *name = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1198 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1199 | unsigned char st_other; |
| 1200 | bfd_vma val; |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 1205 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
| 1206 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | name = symbol->name; |
| 1211 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
| 1212 | } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
| 1215 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
| 1216 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
| 1217 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
| 1218 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
| 1219 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)(((symbol->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
| 1220 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 1221 | else |
| 1222 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 1223 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
| 1226 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_section != 0 |
| 1227 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
| 1228 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
| 1229 | { |
| 1230 | unsigned int vernum; |
| 1231 | const char *version_string; |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff; |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | if (vernum == 0) |
| 1236 | version_string = ""; |
| 1237 | else if (vernum == 1) |
| 1238 | version_string = "Base"; |
| 1239 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs) |
| 1240 | version_string = |
| 1241 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
| 1242 | else |
| 1243 | { |
| 1244 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | version_string = ""; |
| 1247 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
| 1248 | t != NULL((void*)0); |
| 1249 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1250 | { |
| 1251 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1254 | { |
| 1255 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
| 1256 | { |
| 1257 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
| 1258 | break; |
| 1259 | } |
| 1260 | } |
| 1261 | } |
| 1262 | } |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN0x8000) == 0) |
| 1265 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
| 1266 | else |
| 1267 | { |
| 1268 | int i; |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
| 1271 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
| 1272 | putc (' ', file)(!__isthreaded ? __sputc(' ', file) : (putc)(' ', file)); |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | } |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
| 1277 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | switch (st_other) |
| 1280 | { |
| 1281 | case 0: break; |
| 1282 | case STV_INTERNAL1: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
| 1283 | case STV_HIDDEN2: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
| 1284 | case STV_PROTECTED3: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
| 1285 | default: |
| 1286 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
| 1287 | everything hex. */ |
| 1288 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
| 1289 | } |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
| 1292 | } |
| 1293 | break; |
| 1294 | } |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 1300 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| 1301 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| 1302 | const char *string) |
| 1303 | { |
| 1304 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 1305 | subclass. */ |
| 1306 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1307 | { |
| 1308 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); |
| 1309 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1310 | return entry; |
| 1311 | } |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 1314 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| 1315 | if (entry != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1316 | { |
| 1317 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 1318 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | /* Set local fields. */ |
| 1321 | ret->indx = -1; |
| 1322 | ret->dynindx = -1; |
| 1323 | ret->dynstr_index = 0; |
| 1324 | ret->elf_hash_value = 0; |
| 1325 | ret->weakdef = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1326 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1327 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0; |
| 1328 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1329 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1330 | ret->got = htab->init_refcount; |
| 1331 | ret->plt = htab->init_refcount; |
| 1332 | ret->size = 0; |
| 1333 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE0; |
| 1334 | ret->other = 0; |
| 1335 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. |
| 1336 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input |
| 1337 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol |
| 1338 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ |
| 1339 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF0400; |
| 1340 | } |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | return entry; |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
| 1346 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | void |
| 1349 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (const struct elf_backend_data *bed, |
| 1350 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| 1351 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| 1352 | { |
| 1353 | bfd_signed_vma tmp; |
| 1354 | bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount; |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
| 1357 | symbol which just became indirect. */ |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 1360 | |= ind->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC04 |
| 1361 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR01 |
| 1362 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK020 |
| 1363 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF010000 |
| 1364 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT0200 |
| 1365 | | ELF_LINK_POINTER_EQUALITY_NEEDED0100000); |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 1368 | return; |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
| 1371 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
| 1372 | tmp = dir->got.refcount; |
| 1373 | if (tmp < lowest_valid) |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount; |
| 1376 | ind->got.refcount = tmp; |
| 1377 | } |
| 1378 | else |
| 1379 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid){ if (!(ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1379); }; |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount; |
| 1382 | if (tmp < lowest_valid) |
| 1383 | { |
| 1384 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount; |
| 1385 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp; |
| 1386 | } |
| 1387 | else |
| 1388 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid){ if (!(ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1388); }; |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | if (dir->dynindx == -1) |
| 1391 | { |
| 1392 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; |
| 1393 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; |
| 1394 | ind->dynindx = -1; |
| 1395 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; |
| 1396 | } |
| 1397 | else |
| 1398 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1){ if (!(ind->dynindx == -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1398); }; |
| 1399 | } |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | void |
| 1402 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 1403 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| 1404 | bfd_boolean force_local) |
| 1405 | { |
| 1406 | h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->init_offset; |
| 1407 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT0200; |
| 1408 | if (force_local) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL02000; |
| 1411 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| 1412 | { |
| 1413 | h->dynindx = -1; |
| 1414 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->dynstr, |
| 1415 | h->dynstr_index); |
| 1416 | } |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | } |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | bfd_boolean |
| 1423 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init |
| 1424 | (struct elf_link_hash_table *table, |
| 1425 | bfd *abfd, |
| 1426 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *, |
| 1427 | struct bfd_hash_table *, |
| 1428 | const char *)) |
| 1429 | { |
| 1430 | bfd_boolean ret; |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE0; |
| 1433 | table->dynobj = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1434 | /* Make sure can_refcount is extended to the width and signedness of |
| 1435 | init_refcount before we subtract one from it. */ |
| 1436 | table->init_refcount.refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->can_refcount; |
| 1437 | table->init_refcount.refcount -= 1; |
| 1438 | table->init_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
| 1439 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
| 1440 | table->dynsymcount = 1; |
| 1441 | table->dynstr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1442 | table->bucketcount = 0; |
| 1443 | table->needed = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1444 | table->hgot = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1445 | table->stab_info = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1446 | table->merge_info = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1447 | memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info)); |
| 1448 | table->dynlocal = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1449 | table->runpath = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1450 | table->tls_sec = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1451 | table->tls_size = 0; |
| 1452 | table->loaded = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc); |
| 1455 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | return ret; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 1463 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| 1464 | { |
| 1465 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 1466 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | ret = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 1469 | if (ret == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1470 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) |
| 1473 | { |
| 1474 | free (ret); |
| 1475 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1476 | } |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 | return &ret->root; |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to |
| 1482 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED |
| 1483 | entry for a dynamic object. */ |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | void |
| 1486 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| 1487 | { |
| 1488 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1489 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
| 1490 | elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name) = name; |
| 1491 | } |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | void |
| 1494 | bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class) |
| 1495 | { |
| 1496 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1497 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
| 1498 | elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dyn_lib_class) = lib_class; |
| 1499 | } |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
| 1502 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| 1505 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 1506 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 1507 | { |
| 1508 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
| 1509 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1510 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->needed; |
| 1511 | } |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
| 1514 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| 1517 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 1518 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 1519 | { |
| 1520 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
| 1521 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1522 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->runpath; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
| 1526 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string |
| 1527 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | const char * |
| 1530 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd) |
| 1531 | { |
| 1532 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1533 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
| 1534 | return elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name); |
| 1535 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for |
| 1539 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | bfd_boolean |
| 1542 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd, |
| 1543 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded) |
| 1544 | { |
| 1545 | asection *s; |
| 1546 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1547 | int elfsec; |
| 1548 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 1549 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1550 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1551 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | *pneeded = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1556 | || bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_object) |
| 1557 | return TRUE1; |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 1560 | if (s == NULL((void*)0) || s->_raw_size == 0) |
| 1561 | return TRUE1; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | dynbuf = bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
| 1564 | if (dynbuf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1565 | goto error_return; |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, dynbuf, 0, s->_raw_size)) |
| 1568 | goto error_return; |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 1571 | if (elfsec == -1) |
| 1572 | goto error_return; |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1577 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1580 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
| 1581 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1582 | { |
| 1583 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
| 1588 | break; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED1) |
| 1591 | { |
| 1592 | const char *string; |
| 1593 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; |
| 1594 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1595 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 1598 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1599 | goto error_return; |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | amt = sizeof *l; |
| 1602 | l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1603 | if (l == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1604 | goto error_return; |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | l->by = abfd; |
| 1607 | l->name = string; |
| 1608 | l->next = *pneeded; |
| 1609 | *pneeded = l; |
| 1610 | } |
| 1611 | } |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | return TRUE1; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | error_return: |
| 1618 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1619 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1620 | return FALSE0; |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| 1626 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
| 1627 | { |
| 1628 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 1631 | if (ret != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1632 | { |
| 1633 | bfd_size_type loc; |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE1, FALSE0); |
| 1636 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1){ if (!(loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1636); }; |
| 1637 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1638 | { |
| 1639 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| 1640 | ret = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1641 | } |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | return ret; |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | bfd_boolean |
| 1651 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 1652 | { |
| 1653 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
| 1654 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 1655 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 1656 | const char *name; |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, (((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data ) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx, hdr->sh_name); |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 1661 | { |
| 1662 | case SHT_NULL0: |
| 1663 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| 1664 | return TRUE1; |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| 1667 | case SHT_NOBITS8: /* .bss section. */ |
| 1668 | case SHT_HASH5: /* .hash section. */ |
| 1669 | case SHT_NOTE7: /* .note section. */ |
| 1670 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: /* .init_array section. */ |
| 1671 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: /* .fini_array section. */ |
| 1672 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
| 1673 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| 1676 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 1677 | return FALSE0; |
| 1678 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB3) |
| 1679 | { |
| 1680 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
| 1683 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
| 1684 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
| 1685 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) != 0) |
| 1686 | { |
| 1687 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)]; |
| 1688 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1689 | } |
| 1690 | else |
| 1691 | { |
| 1692 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 1695 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1696 | { |
| 1697 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
| 1698 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
| 1699 | { |
| 1700 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1701 | break; |
| 1702 | } |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | } |
| 1706 | break; |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | case SHT_SYMTAB2: /* A symbol table */ |
| 1709 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == shindex) |
| 1710 | return TRUE1; |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym){ if (!(hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym)) bfd_assert ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",1712); }; |
| 1713 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0){ if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1713); }; |
| 1714 | elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) = shindex; |
| 1715 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1716 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1717 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| 1720 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| 1721 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| 1722 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| 1723 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
| 1724 | linker. */ |
| 1725 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0 |
| 1726 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0 |
| 1727 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 1728 | return FALSE0; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | return TRUE1; |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| 1733 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == shindex) |
| 1734 | return TRUE1; |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym){ if (!(hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym)) bfd_assert ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",1736); }; |
| 1737 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0){ if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1737); }; |
| 1738 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) = shindex; |
| 1739 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1740 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 1741 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| 1744 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1745 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
| 1748 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) == shindex) |
| 1749 | return TRUE1; |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | /* Get the associated symbol table. */ |
| 1752 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link) |
| 1753 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)) |
| 1754 | return FALSE0; |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) = shindex; |
| 1757 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1758 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 1759 | return TRUE1; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | case SHT_STRTAB3: /* A string table */ |
| 1762 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1763 | return TRUE1; |
| 1764 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1767 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1768 | return TRUE1; |
| 1769 | } |
| 1770 | { |
| 1771 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 1774 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1775 | { |
| 1776 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
| 1777 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1778 | { |
| 1779 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| 1780 | return FALSE0; |
| 1781 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == i) |
| 1782 | { |
| 1783 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1784 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = |
| 1785 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
| 1786 | return TRUE1; |
| 1787 | } |
| 1788 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == i) |
| 1789 | { |
| 1790 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1791 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = |
| 1792 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| 1793 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so |
| 1794 | that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1795 | break; |
| 1796 | } |
| 1797 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ |
| 1798 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; /* in case it moved */ |
| 1799 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ |
| 1800 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; |
| 1801 | if (!newsect) |
| 1802 | break; |
| 1803 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 1804 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)->str_hdr; |
| 1805 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1806 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1807 | #endif |
| 1808 | } |
| 1809 | } |
| 1810 | } |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | case SHT_REL9: |
| 1815 | case SHT_RELA4: |
| 1816 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| 1817 | { |
| 1818 | asection *target_sect; |
| 1819 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
| 1820 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
| 1823 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
| 1824 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
| 1825 | { |
| 1826 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1827 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)")("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
| 1828 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
| 1829 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1830 | } |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
| 1833 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
| 1834 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
| 1835 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
| 1836 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
| 1837 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
| 1838 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
| 1839 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB2 |
| 1840 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM11) |
| 1841 | { |
| 1842 | unsigned int scan; |
| 1843 | int found; |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | found = 0; |
| 1846 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
| 1847 | { |
| 1848 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
| 1849 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
| 1850 | { |
| 1851 | if (found != 0) |
| 1852 | { |
| 1853 | found = 0; |
| 1854 | break; |
| 1855 | } |
| 1856 | found = scan; |
| 1857 | } |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | if (found != 0) |
| 1860 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| 1864 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
| 1865 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| 1866 | return FALSE0; |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| 1869 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| 1870 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| 1871 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
| 1872 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
| 1873 | section. */ |
| 1874 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF0) |
| 1875 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| 1878 | return FALSE0; |
| 1879 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| 1880 | if (target_sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1881 | return FALSE0; |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0 |
| 1884 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
| 1885 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr; |
| 1886 | else |
| 1887 | { |
| 1888 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1889 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL){ if (!(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd )->rel_hdr2 == ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1889); }; |
| 1890 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
| 1891 | hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1892 | elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
| 1893 | } |
| 1894 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1895 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1896 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)((hdr)->sh_size / (hdr)->sh_entsize); |
| 1897 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC0x004; |
| 1898 | target_sect->relocation = NULL((void*)0); |
| 1899 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1900 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
| 1901 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
| 1902 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1903 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4; |
| 1904 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC0x01; |
| 1905 | return TRUE1; |
| 1906 | } |
| 1907 | break; |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
| 1910 | elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) = shindex; |
| 1911 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1912 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1913 | break; |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
| 1916 | elf_dynversym (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynversym_section) = shindex; |
| 1917 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1918 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1919 | break; |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
| 1922 | elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) = shindex; |
| 1923 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1924 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1925 | break; |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | case SHT_SHLIB10: |
| 1928 | return TRUE1; |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
| 1931 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking, |
| 1932 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section |
| 1933 | name. */ |
| 1934 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr); |
| 1935 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1936 | return FALSE0; |
| 1937 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 1938 | return FALSE0; |
| 1939 | if (hdr->contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1940 | { |
| 1941 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
| 1942 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 1943 | asection *s; |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT0x1) |
| 1946 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 1947 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 1950 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
| 1951 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1952 | { |
| 1953 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)hdr->bfd_section->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = s; |
| 1954 | break; |
| 1955 | } |
| 1956 | } |
| 1957 | break; |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | default: |
| 1960 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| 1961 | { |
| 1962 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) |
| 1963 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); |
| 1964 | } |
| 1965 | break; |
| 1966 | } |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | return TRUE1; |
| 1969 | } |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
| 1972 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | asection * |
| 1975 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, |
| 1976 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache, |
| 1977 | asection *sec, |
| 1978 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
| 1979 | { |
| 1980 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1981 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 1982 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 1983 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 1984 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE32; |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) |
| 1987 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1990 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
| 1991 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 1992 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
| 1995 | { |
| 1996 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
| 1997 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
| 1998 | } |
| 1999 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
| 2000 | cache->sec[ent] = sec; |
| 2001 | if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF0 && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2002 | || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
| 2003 | { |
| 2004 | asection *s; |
| 2005 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx); |
| 2006 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2007 | cache->sec[ent] = s; |
| 2008 | } |
| 2009 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| 2013 | section. */ |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | asection * |
| 2016 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) |
| 2017 | { |
| 2018 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections)) |
| 2019 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 2020 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[index]->bfd_section; |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | static struct bfd_elf_special_section const special_sections[] = |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2026 | { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2027 | { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2028 | { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2029 | { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2030 | { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
| 2031 | { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
| 2032 | { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2033 | { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2034 | { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2035 | { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
| 2036 | { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
| 2037 | { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
| 2038 | { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY14, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2039 | { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY15, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2040 | { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2041 | { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2042 | { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2043 | { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2044 | { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2045 | { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC6, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2046 | { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2047 | { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM11, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2048 | { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
| 2049 | { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH5, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
| 2050 | { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
| 2051 | { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
| 2052 | { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
| 2053 | { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
| 2054 | { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB2, 0 }, |
| 2055 | { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff, 0 }, |
| 2056 | { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd, 0 }, |
| 2057 | { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe, 0 }, |
| 2058 | { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE7, 0 }, |
| 2059 | { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA4, 0 }, |
| 2060 | { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL9, 0 }, |
| 2061 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
| 2062 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2063 | }; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2066 | get_special_section (const char *name, |
| 2067 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections, |
| 2068 | unsigned int rela) |
| 2069 | { |
| 2070 | int i; |
| 2071 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | for (i = 0; special_sections[i].prefix != NULL((void*)0); i++) |
| 2074 | { |
| 2075 | int suffix_len; |
| 2076 | int prefix_len = special_sections[i].prefix_length; |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | if (len < prefix_len) |
| 2079 | continue; |
| 2080 | if (memcmp (name, special_sections[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
| 2081 | continue; |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | suffix_len = special_sections[i].suffix_length; |
| 2084 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
| 2085 | { |
| 2086 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
| 2087 | { |
| 2088 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
| 2089 | continue; |
| 2090 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
| 2091 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
| 2092 | || (rela && special_sections[i].type == SHT_REL9))) |
| 2093 | continue; |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | } |
| 2096 | else |
| 2097 | { |
| 2098 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
| 2099 | continue; |
| 2100 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
| 2101 | special_sections[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
| 2102 | suffix_len) != 0) |
| 2103 | continue; |
| 2104 | } |
| 2105 | return &special_sections[i]; |
| 2106 | } |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 2109 | } |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2112 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| 2113 | { |
| 2114 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 2115 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect = NULL((void*)0); |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
| 2118 | if (name) |
| 2119 | { |
| 2120 | unsigned int rela = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | if (bed->special_sections) |
| 2123 | ssect = get_special_section (name, bed->special_sections, rela); |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | if (! ssect) |
| 2126 | ssect = get_special_section (name, special_sections, rela); |
| 2127 | } |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | return ssect; |
| 2130 | } |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | bfd_boolean |
| 2133 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 2134 | { |
| 2135 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| 2136 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
| 2139 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2140 | { |
| 2141 | sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
| 2142 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2143 | return FALSE0; |
| 2144 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
| 2145 | } |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | elf_section_type (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = SHT_NULL0; |
| 2148 | ssect = _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec->name); |
| 2149 | if (ssect != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | elf_section_type (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = ssect->type; |
| 2152 | elf_section_flags (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) = ssect->attr; |
| 2153 | } |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
| 2156 | sec->use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->default_use_rela_p; |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | return TRUE1; |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| 2164 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| 2165 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| 2166 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| 2169 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| 2170 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| 2171 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| 2172 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| 2173 | of combined data+bss. |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| 2176 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| 2177 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| 2178 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| 2179 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | */ |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | bfd_boolean |
| 2184 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2185 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
| 2186 | int index, |
| 2187 | const char *typename) |
| 2188 | { |
| 2189 | asection *newsect; |
| 2190 | char *name; |
| 2191 | char namebuf[64]; |
| 2192 | size_t len; |
| 2193 | int split; |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
| 2196 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 2197 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| 2198 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
| 2199 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2200 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2201 | if (!name) |
| 2202 | return FALSE0; |
| 2203 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2204 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2205 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2206 | return FALSE0; |
| 2207 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| 2208 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
| 2209 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2210 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| 2211 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 2212 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
| 2213 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 2214 | { |
| 2215 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
| 2216 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
| 2217 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
| 2218 | { |
| 2219 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| 2220 | may be data. */ |
| 2221 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
| 2222 | } |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
| 2225 | { |
| 2226 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | if (split) |
| 2230 | { |
| 2231 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
| 2232 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2233 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2234 | if (!name) |
| 2235 | return FALSE0; |
| 2236 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2237 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2238 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2239 | return FALSE0; |
| 2240 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2241 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2242 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2243 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 2244 | { |
| 2245 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
| 2246 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
| 2247 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
| 2250 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
| 2251 | } |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | return TRUE1; |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | bfd_boolean |
| 2257 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) |
| 2258 | { |
| 2259 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
| 2262 | { |
| 2263 | case PT_NULL0: |
| 2264 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | case PT_LOAD1: |
| 2267 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: |
| 2270 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | case PT_INTERP3: |
| 2273 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | case PT_NOTE4: |
| 2276 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
| 2277 | return FALSE0; |
| 2278 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
| 2279 | return FALSE0; |
| 2280 | return TRUE1; |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | case PT_SHLIB5: |
| 2283 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | case PT_PHDR6: |
| 2286 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): |
| 2289 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
| 2290 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): |
| 2293 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: |
| 2296 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
| 2297 | "openbsd_randomize"); |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 | default: |
| 2300 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. |
| 2301 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */ |
| 2302 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 2303 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) |
| 2304 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index); |
| 2305 | else |
| 2306 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment"); |
| 2307 | } |
| 2308 | } |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
| 2311 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA |
| 2312 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | bfd_boolean |
| 2315 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2316 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
| 2317 | asection *asect, |
| 2318 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
| 2319 | { |
| 2320 | char *name; |
| 2321 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 2322 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2325 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2326 | return FALSE0; |
| 2327 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| 2328 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
| 2329 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), name, |
| 2330 | FALSE0); |
| 2331 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2332 | return FALSE0; |
| 2333 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA4 : SHT_REL9; |
| 2334 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| 2335 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
| 2336 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
| 2337 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 2338 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2339 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2340 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2341 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | return TRUE1; |
| 2344 | } |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | static void |
| 2349 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) |
| 2350 | { |
| 2351 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 2352 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| 2353 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | if (*failedptr) |
| 2356 | { |
| 2357 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| 2358 | loop. */ |
| 2359 | return; |
| 2360 | } |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
| 2365 | asect->name, FALSE0); |
| 2366 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
| 2369 | return; |
| 2370 | } |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
| 2375 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
| 2376 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| 2377 | else |
| 2378 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2381 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; |
| 2382 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2383 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| 2384 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
| 2385 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| 2388 | this_hdr->contents = NULL((void*)0); |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
| 2391 | asect->flags. */ |
| 2392 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL0) |
| 2393 | { |
| 2394 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
| 2395 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200)) == 0) |
| 2396 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD0x400) != 0)) |
| 2397 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
| 2398 | else |
| 2399 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS1; |
| 2400 | } |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
| 2403 | { |
| 2404 | default: |
| 2405 | break; |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
| 2408 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: |
| 2409 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: |
| 2410 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: |
| 2411 | case SHT_NOTE7: |
| 2412 | case SHT_NOBITS8: |
| 2413 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: |
| 2414 | break; |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | case SHT_HASH5: |
| 2417 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
| 2418 | break; |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
| 2421 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 2422 | break; |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
| 2425 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 2426 | break; |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | case SHT_RELA4: |
| 2429 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rela_p) |
| 2430 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 2431 | break; |
| 2432 | |
| 2433 | case SHT_REL9: |
| 2434 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rel_p) |
| 2435 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
| 2436 | break; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
| 2439 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
| 2440 | break; |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
| 2443 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2444 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2445 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2446 | zero. */ |
| 2447 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2448 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs; |
| 2449 | else |
| 2450 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0{ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2451); } |
| 2451 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs){ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2451); }; |
| 2452 | break; |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
| 2455 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2456 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2457 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2458 | zero. */ |
| 2459 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2460 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs; |
| 2461 | else |
| 2462 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0{ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2463); } |
| 2463 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs){ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2463); }; |
| 2464 | break; |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
| 2467 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; |
| 2468 | break; |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 2472 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1); |
| 2473 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
| 2474 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE(1 << 0); |
| 2475 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE0x020) != 0) |
| 2476 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2); |
| 2477 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE0x20000000) != 0) |
| 2478 | { |
| 2479 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE(1 << 4); |
| 2480 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
| 2481 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS0x40000000) != 0) |
| 2482 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5); |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP0x80000000) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->group .name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2485 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP(1 << 9); |
| 2486 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) != 0) |
| 2487 | { |
| 2488 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS(1 << 10); |
| 2489 | if (asect->_raw_size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) == 0) |
| 2490 | { |
| 2491 | struct bfd_link_order *o; |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2494 | for (o = asect->link_order_head; o != NULL((void*)0); o = o->next) |
| 2495 | if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size) |
| 2496 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
| 2497 | if (this_hdr->sh_size) |
| 2498 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | } |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| 2503 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
| 2504 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
| 2505 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| 2508 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
| 2509 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
| 2510 | create the other. */ |
| 2511 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) != 0 |
| 2512 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
| 2513 | &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr, |
| 2514 | asect, |
| 2515 | asect->use_rela_p)) |
| 2516 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
| 2517 | } |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | void |
| 2522 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
| 2523 | { |
| 2524 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| 2525 | unsigned long symindx; |
| 2526 | asection *elt, *first; |
| 2527 | unsigned char *loc; |
| 2528 | struct bfd_link_order *l; |
| 2529 | bfd_boolean gas; |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | if (elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP17 |
| 2532 | || *failedptr) |
| 2533 | return; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | symindx = 0; |
| 2536 | if (elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->group .id) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2537 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->group .id)->udata.i; |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | if (symindx == 0) |
| 2540 | { |
| 2541 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
| 2542 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */ |
| 2543 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2544 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
| 2545 | else |
| 2546 | symindx = sec->target_index; |
| 2547 | } |
| 2548 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
| 2551 | gas = TRUE1; |
| 2552 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2553 | { |
| 2554 | gas = FALSE0; |
| 2555 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size); |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
| 2558 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
| 2559 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2560 | { |
| 2561 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
| 2562 | return; |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | } |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size; |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
| 2569 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
| 2570 | start of the input section group. */ |
| 2571 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
| 2574 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
| 2575 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
| 2576 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
| 2577 | while (elt != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2578 | { |
| 2579 | asection *s; |
| 2580 | unsigned int idx; |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | loc -= 4; |
| 2583 | s = elt; |
| 2584 | if (!gas) |
| 2585 | s = s->output_section; |
| 2586 | idx = 0; |
| 2587 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2588 | idx = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 2589 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (idx, loc)); |
| 2590 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)elt->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 2591 | if (elt == first) |
| 2592 | break; |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because |
| 2596 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections |
| 2597 | instead. */ |
| 2598 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL((void*)0); l = l->next) |
| 2599 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order |
| 2600 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)l->u.indirect.section-> used_by_bfd)->next_in_group)) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2601 | do |
| 2602 | { |
| 2603 | loc -= 4; |
| 2604 | H_PUT_32 (abfd,((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (((struct bfd_elf_section_data *)elt->output_section->used_by_bfd)->this_idx, loc)) |
| 2605 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (((struct bfd_elf_section_data *)elt->output_section->used_by_bfd)->this_idx, loc)); |
| 2606 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)elt->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 2607 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */ |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)l->u.indirect.section-> used_by_bfd)->next_in_group)); |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | /* With ld -r, merging SHT_GROUP sections results in wasted space |
| 2612 | due to allowing for the flag word on each input. We may well |
| 2613 | duplicate entries too. */ |
| 2614 | while ((loc -= 4) > sec->contents) |
| 2615 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (0, loc)); |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | if (loc != sec->contents) |
| 2618 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 2618, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (sec->flags & 0x100000 ? 0x1 : 0, loc)); |
| 2621 | } |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| 2624 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| 2625 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2628 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd) |
| 2629 | { |
| 2630 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
| 2631 | asection *sec; |
| 2632 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
| 2633 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 2634 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | section_number = 1; |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2641 | { |
| 2642 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2645 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2646 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2647 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2648 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0) |
| 2649 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
| 2650 | else |
| 2651 | { |
| 2652 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2653 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2654 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
| 2655 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2656 | } |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | if (d->rel_hdr2) |
| 2659 | { |
| 2660 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2661 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2662 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
| 2663 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
| 2664 | } |
| 2665 | else |
| 2666 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
| 2667 | } |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2670 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2671 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2672 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2673 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
| 2676 | { |
| 2677 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2678 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2679 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2680 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2681 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 2) |
| 2682 | { |
| 2683 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2684 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2685 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; |
| 2686 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
| 2687 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
| 2688 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE0); |
| 2689 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2690 | return FALSE0; |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2693 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2694 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2695 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2696 | } |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
| 2699 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) = section_number; |
| 2702 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| 2703 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2704 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| 2707 | indices. */ |
| 2708 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
| 2709 | i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2710 | if (i_shdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2711 | return FALSE0; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
| 2714 | i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2715 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 2718 | return FALSE0; |
| 2719 | } |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) = i_shdrp; |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 2724 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| 2727 | if (elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
| 2728 | { |
| 2729 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 2730 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| 2733 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2736 | { |
| 2737 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
| 2738 | asection *s; |
| 2739 | const char *name; |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| 2742 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2743 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
| 2744 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2745 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| 2750 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| 2751 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
| 2752 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2753 | { |
| 2754 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2755 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2756 | } |
| 2757 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2760 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| 2764 | { |
| 2765 | case SHT_REL9: |
| 2766 | case SHT_RELA4: |
| 2767 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| 2768 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| 2769 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| 2770 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| 2771 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| 2772 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| 2773 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 2774 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2775 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| 2778 | name = sec->name; |
| 2779 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9) |
| 2780 | name += 4; |
| 2781 | else |
| 2782 | name += 5; |
| 2783 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 2784 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2785 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 2786 | break; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
| 2789 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| 2790 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| 2791 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| 2792 | field to point to this section. */ |
| 2793 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 |
| 2794 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 2795 | { |
| 2796 | size_t len; |
| 2797 | char *alc; |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
| 2800 | alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
| 2801 | if (alc == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2802 | return FALSE0; |
| 2803 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| 2804 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| 2805 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| 2806 | free (alc); |
| 2807 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2808 | { |
| 2809 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| 2812 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
| 2813 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| 2814 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | } |
| 2817 | break; |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
| 2820 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
| 2821 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
| 2822 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
| 2823 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| 2824 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| 2825 | version strings. */ |
| 2826 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 2827 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2828 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 2829 | break; |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | case SHT_HASH5: |
| 2832 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
| 2833 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| 2834 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
| 2835 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 2836 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2837 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 2838 | break; |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
| 2841 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2842 | } |
| 2843 | } |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
| 2846 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2847 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
| 2848 | else |
| 2849 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
| 2850 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
| 2851 | return TRUE1; |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| 2855 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | static int |
| 2858 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| 2859 | { |
| 2860 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| 2861 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 2862 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 2863 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL0x02 | BSF_WEAK0x80)) != 0 |
| 2866 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))((((sym)->section)) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section) ) |
| 2867 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))(((((sym)->section))->flags & 0x8000) != 0)); |
| 2868 | } |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2871 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) |
| 2872 | { |
| 2873 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
| 2874 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
| 2875 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
| 2876 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
| 2877 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
| 2878 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
| 2879 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
| 2880 | int max_index = 0; |
| 2881 | unsigned int idx; |
| 2882 | asection *asect; |
| 2883 | asymbol **new_syms; |
| 2884 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 2887 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| 2888 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
| 2889 | #endif |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2892 | { |
| 2893 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
| 2894 | max_index = asect->index; |
| 2895 | } |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | max_index++; |
| 2898 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 2899 | sect_syms = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2900 | if (sect_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2901 | return FALSE0; |
| 2902 | elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) = sect_syms; |
| 2903 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) = max_index; |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
| 2906 | decided to output. */ |
| 2907 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) != 0 |
| 2912 | && sym->value == 0) |
| 2913 | { |
| 2914 | asection *sec; |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | sec = sym->section; |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | if (sec->owner != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2919 | { |
| 2920 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| 2921 | { |
| 2922 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) |
| 2923 | continue; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a |
| 2928 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment |
| 2929 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in |
| 2930 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such |
| 2931 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know |
| 2932 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip |
| 2933 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. |
| 2934 | To reproduce this particular case try running the |
| 2935 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF |
| 2936 | port that uses the generic linker. */ |
| 2937 | if (sec->owner == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2938 | continue; |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd){ if (!(sec->owner == abfd)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2940); }; |
| 2941 | } |
| 2942 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| 2943 | } |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| 2948 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 2951 | num_locals++; |
| 2952 | else |
| 2953 | num_globals++; |
| 2954 | } |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal |
| 2957 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
| 2958 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
| 2959 | at least in that case. */ |
| 2960 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
| 2965 | num_locals++; |
| 2966 | else |
| 2967 | num_globals++; |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | } |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| 2972 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 2973 | new_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | if (new_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2976 | return FALSE0; |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 2979 | { |
| 2980 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 2981 | unsigned int i; |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 2984 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 2985 | else |
| 2986 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 2987 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 2988 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 2989 | } |
| 2990 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 2991 | { |
| 2992 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 2993 | { |
| 2994 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
| 2995 | unsigned int i; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| 2998 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 2999 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 3000 | else |
| 3001 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 3002 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 3003 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 3004 | } |
| 3005 | } |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) = num_locals; |
| 3010 | elf_num_globals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_globals) = num_globals; |
| 3011 | return TRUE1; |
| 3012 | } |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| 3015 | ELF data structure. */ |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | static inline file_ptr |
| 3018 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
| 3019 | { |
| 3020 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
| 3021 | } |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| 3024 | required section alignment. */ |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | file_ptr |
| 3027 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
| 3028 | file_ptr offset, |
| 3029 | bfd_boolean align) |
| 3030 | { |
| 3031 | if (align) |
| 3032 | { |
| 3033 | unsigned int al; |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
| 3036 | if (al > 1) |
| 3037 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al)((((bfd_vma) (offset) + (al) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (offset)) ? (((bfd_vma) (offset) + ((al) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((al)-1 )) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
| 3038 | } |
| 3039 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| 3040 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3041 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| 3042 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
| 3043 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| 3044 | return offset; |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| 3048 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| 3049 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | bfd_boolean |
| 3052 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
| 3053 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3054 | { |
| 3055 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 3056 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 3057 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
| 3058 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 3061 | return TRUE1; |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| 3064 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| 3065 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| 3068 | return FALSE0; |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
| 3071 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
| 3072 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | failed = FALSE0; |
| 3075 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
| 3076 | if (failed) |
| 3077 | return FALSE0; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) |
| 3080 | return FALSE0; |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| 3083 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
| 3084 | { |
| 3085 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
| 3086 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)); |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
| 3089 | return FALSE0; |
| 3090 | } |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3093 | { |
| 3094 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
| 3095 | if (failed) |
| 3096 | return FALSE0; |
| 3097 | } |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3100 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 3101 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
| 3102 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 3103 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 3104 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
| 3105 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 3106 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 3107 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 3108 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
| 3109 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3112 | return FALSE0; |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
| 3115 | { |
| 3116 | file_ptr off; |
| 3117 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3122 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 3125 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 3126 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
| 3129 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| 3134 | out. */ |
| 3135 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 3136 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| 3137 | return FALSE0; |
| 3138 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 3139 | } |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE1; |
| 3142 | |
| 3143 | return TRUE1; |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
| 3149 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
| 3150 | asection **sections, |
| 3151 | unsigned int from, |
| 3152 | unsigned int to, |
| 3153 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
| 3154 | { |
| 3155 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3156 | unsigned int i; |
| 3157 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3158 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3161 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3162 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3163 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3164 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 3165 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3166 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD1; |
| 3167 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3168 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
| 3169 | m->count = to - from; |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
| 3172 | { |
| 3173 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
| 3174 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
| 3175 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 | return m; |
| 3179 | } |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3184 | map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd) |
| 3185 | { |
| 3186 | asection **sections = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3187 | asection *s; |
| 3188 | unsigned int i; |
| 3189 | unsigned int count; |
| 3190 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
| 3191 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
| 3192 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3193 | asection *last_hdr; |
| 3194 | bfd_vma last_size; |
| 3195 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
| 3196 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 3197 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3198 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE1; |
| 3199 | bfd_boolean writable; |
| 3200 | int tls_count = 0; |
| 3201 | asection *first_tls = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3202 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr, *randomdata; |
| 3203 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3206 | return TRUE1; |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count) == 0) |
| 3209 | return TRUE1; |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3214 | sections = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 3215 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3216 | goto error_return; |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | i = 0; |
| 3219 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 3220 | { |
| 3221 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 3222 | { |
| 3223 | sections[i] = s; |
| 3224 | ++i; |
| 3225 | } |
| 3226 | } |
| 3227 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)){ if (!(i <= ((abfd)->section_count))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3227); }; |
| 3228 | count = i; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | mfirst = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3235 | pm = &mfirst; |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | /* If we have a .interp section, or are creating an executable and |
| 3238 | have a .dynamic section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for the |
| 3239 | program headers. */ |
| 3240 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3241 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
| 3242 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
| 3243 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
| 3244 | { |
| 3245 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3246 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3247 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3248 | goto error_return; |
| 3249 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3250 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR6; |
| 3251 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| 3252 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_X(1 << 0); |
| 3253 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3254 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | *pm = m; |
| 3257 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3258 | } |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_INTERP segment for |
| 3261 | the .interp section. */ |
| 3262 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 3263 | { |
| 3264 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3265 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3266 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3267 | goto error_return; |
| 3268 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3269 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP3; |
| 3270 | m->count = 1; |
| 3271 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | *pm = m; |
| 3274 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
| 3278 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
| 3279 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
| 3280 | last_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3281 | last_size = 0; |
| 3282 | phdr_index = 0; |
| 3283 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
| 3284 | writable = FALSE0; |
| 3285 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 3286 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0) |
| 3287 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
| 3288 | dynsec = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
| 3291 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
| 3292 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
| 3293 | program headers we will need. */ |
| 3294 | if (count > 0) |
| 3295 | { |
| 3296 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
| 3299 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
| 3300 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3301 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0 |
| 3302 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
| 3303 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
| 3304 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
| 3305 | } |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3308 | { |
| 3309 | asection *hdr; |
| 3310 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
| 3315 | segment. */ |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | if (last_hdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3318 | { |
| 3319 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
| 3320 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
| 3321 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
| 3324 | { |
| 3325 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
| 3326 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
| 3327 | segment. */ |
| 3328 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
| 3329 | } |
| 3330 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size)) ? (((bfd_vma ) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
| 3331 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma ) (hdr->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
| 3332 | { |
| 3333 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
| 3334 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
| 3335 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
| 3336 | } |
| 3337 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) == 0 |
| 3338 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) != 0) |
| 3339 | { |
| 3340 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
| 3341 | nonloadable section in the same segment. |
| 3342 | Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
| 3343 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
| 3344 | } |
| 3345 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0) |
| 3346 | { |
| 3347 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
| 3348 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
| 3349 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
| 3350 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | else if (! writable |
| 3353 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0 |
| 3354 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) |
| 3355 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) |
| 3356 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) |
| 3357 | { |
| 3358 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
| 3359 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
| 3360 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
| 3361 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
| 3362 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
| 3363 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
| 3364 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
| 3365 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | else |
| 3368 | { |
| 3369 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
| 3370 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
| 3371 | } |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | if (! new_segment) |
| 3374 | { |
| 3375 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
| 3376 | writable = TRUE1; |
| 3377 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 3378 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 3379 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
| 3380 | last_size = hdr->_raw_size; |
| 3381 | else |
| 3382 | last_size = 0; |
| 3383 | continue; |
| 3384 | } |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
| 3387 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 3390 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3391 | goto error_return; |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | *pm = m; |
| 3394 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
| 3397 | writable = TRUE1; |
| 3398 | else |
| 3399 | writable = FALSE0; |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 3402 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 3403 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
| 3404 | last_size = hdr->_raw_size; |
| 3405 | else |
| 3406 | last_size = 0; |
| 3407 | phdr_index = i; |
| 3408 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
| 3412 | if (last_hdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3413 | { |
| 3414 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 3415 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3416 | goto error_return; |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | *pm = m; |
| 3419 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 3423 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3424 | { |
| 3425 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3426 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3427 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3428 | goto error_return; |
| 3429 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3430 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC2; |
| 3431 | m->count = 1; |
| 3432 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 | *pm = m; |
| 3435 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3436 | } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't |
| 3439 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together |
| 3440 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will |
| 3441 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using |
| 3442 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ |
| 3443 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 3444 | { |
| 3445 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 3446 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
| 3447 | { |
| 3448 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3449 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3450 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3451 | goto error_return; |
| 3452 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3453 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE4; |
| 3454 | m->count = 1; |
| 3455 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | *pm = m; |
| 3458 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
| 3461 | { |
| 3462 | if (! tls_count) |
| 3463 | first_tls = s; |
| 3464 | tls_count++; |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 3469 | if (tls_count > 0) |
| 3470 | { |
| 3471 | int i; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3474 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3475 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3476 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3477 | goto error_return; |
| 3478 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3479 | m->p_type = PT_TLS7; |
| 3480 | m->count = tls_count; |
| 3481 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
| 3482 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2); |
| 3483 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3484 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) |
| 3485 | { |
| 3486 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL){ if (!(first_tls->flags & 0x1000)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3486); }; |
| 3487 | m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
| 3488 | first_tls = first_tls->next; |
| 3489 | } |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | *pm = m; |
| 3492 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
| 3496 | segment. */ |
| 3497 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr; |
| 3498 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL((void*)0) |
| 3499 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 3500 | { |
| 3501 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3502 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3503 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3504 | goto error_return; |
| 3505 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3506 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550); |
| 3507 | m->count = 1; |
| 3508 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | *pm = m; |
| 3511 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3512 | } |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
| 3515 | { |
| 3516 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3517 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3518 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3519 | goto error_return; |
| 3520 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3521 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551); |
| 3522 | m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags; |
| 3523 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | *pm = m; |
| 3526 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3527 | } |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /* If there is a .openbsd.randomdata section, throw in a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE |
| 3530 | segment. */ |
| 3531 | randomdata = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata"); |
| 3532 | if (randomdata != NULL((void*)0) && (randomdata->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 3533 | { |
| 3534 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3535 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3536 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3537 | goto error_return; |
| 3538 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3539 | m->p_type = PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6; |
| 3540 | m->count = 1; |
| 3541 | m->sections[0] = randomdata->output_section; |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | *pm = m; |
| 3544 | pm = &m->next; |
Value stored to 'pm' is never read | |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | free (sections); |
| 3548 | sections = NULL((void*)0); |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = mfirst; |
| 3551 | return TRUE1; |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | error_return: |
| 3554 | if (sections != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3555 | free (sections); |
| 3556 | return FALSE0; |
| 3557 | } |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 | static int |
| 3562 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| 3563 | { |
| 3564 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
| 3565 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
| 3566 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
| 3569 | place the section into a segment. */ |
| 3570 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
| 3571 | return -1; |
| 3572 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
| 3573 | return 1; |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
| 3576 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
| 3577 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
| 3578 | return -1; |
| 3579 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
| 3580 | return 1; |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) == 0) |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
| 3587 | { |
| 3588 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3589 | { |
| 3590 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
| 3591 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
| 3592 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
| 3593 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | else |
| 3596 | return 1; |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3599 | return -1; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | #undef TOEND |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
| 3604 | before others at the same address. */ |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec1->_raw_size : 0; |
| 3607 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec2->_raw_size : 0; |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | if (size1 < size2) |
| 3610 | return -1; |
| 3611 | if (size1 > size2) |
| 3612 | return 1; |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 3615 | } |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
| 3620 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
| 3621 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
| 3622 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
| 3623 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
| 3624 | which is wrong. |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
| 3627 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
| 3628 | the page size.'' */ |
| 3629 | /* In other words, something like: |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3632 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3633 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
| 3634 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
| 3635 | else |
| 3636 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | static file_ptr |
| 3641 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
| 3642 | { |
| 3643 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
| 3647 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
| 3648 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3651 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3652 | { |
| 3653 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 3654 | unsigned int count; |
| 3655 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3656 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 3657 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 3658 | file_ptr off, voff; |
| 3659 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
| 3660 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
| 3661 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 3662 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3665 | { |
| 3666 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) |
| 3667 | return FALSE0; |
| 3668 | } |
| 3669 | else |
| 3670 | { |
| 3671 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
| 3672 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
| 3673 | sections from the segment map. */ |
| 3674 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; |
| 3675 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
| 3676 | m = m->next) |
| 3677 | { |
| 3678 | unsigned int new_count; |
| 3679 | unsigned int i; |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
| 3682 | continue; |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | new_count = 0; |
| 3685 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++) |
| 3686 | { |
| 3687 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 3688 | { |
| 3689 | if (i != new_count) |
| 3690 | m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i]; |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | new_count ++; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | if (new_count != m->count) |
| 3697 | m->count = new_count; |
| 3698 | } |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) |
| 3702 | { |
| 3703 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3704 | return FALSE0; |
| 3705 | } |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | count = 0; |
| 3708 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
| 3709 | ++count; |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3712 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3713 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum = count; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | if (count == 0) |
| 3716 | return TRUE1; |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure |
| 3719 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS |
| 3720 | is used in a linker script. */ |
| 3721 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3722 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3725 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)")("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)" ), |
| 3726 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename), alloc, count)); |
| 3727 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3728 | return FALSE0; |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | if (alloc == 0) |
| 3732 | alloc = count; |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 3735 | phdrs = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3736 | if (phdrs == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 3737 | return FALSE0; |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3740 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
| 3743 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
| 3744 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; |
| 3745 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 3748 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
| 3749 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 3750 | { |
| 3751 | unsigned int i; |
| 3752 | asection **secpp; |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
| 3755 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
| 3756 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
| 3757 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
| 3758 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
| 3759 | if (m->count > 1 |
| 3760 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_type == ET_CORE4 |
| 3761 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE4)) |
| 3762 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
| 3763 | elf_sort_sections); |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
| 3766 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
| 3769 | && m->count > 0 |
| 3770 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 3771 | { |
| 3772 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
| 3773 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, |
| 3774 | bed->maxpagesize); |
| 3775 | else |
| 3776 | { |
| 3777 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | align = 0; |
| 3780 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 3781 | { |
| 3782 | bfd_size_type secalign; |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp)((*secpp)->alignment_power + 0); |
| 3785 | if (secalign > align) |
| 3786 | align = secalign; |
| 3787 | } |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, |
| 3790 | 1 << align); |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | } |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 3795 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
| 3796 | else |
| 3797 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3800 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
| 3801 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 3802 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
| 3803 | else |
| 3804 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
| 3807 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
| 3808 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3809 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 3810 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 3811 | else |
| 3812 | p->p_align = 0; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 3815 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
| 3816 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 3819 | { |
| 3820 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 3821 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
| 3822 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 3823 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3824 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3825 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD){ if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3827); }; |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
| 3830 | { |
| 3831 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 3832 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N")("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N" ), |
| 3833 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename)); |
| 3834 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 3835 | return FALSE0; |
| 3836 | } |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
| 3839 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3840 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 3843 | { |
| 3844 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 3845 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | } |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 3850 | { |
| 3851 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 3852 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 3855 | { |
| 3856 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3859 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | } |
| 3862 | else |
| 3863 | { |
| 3864 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3865 | |
| 3866 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 3867 | { |
| 3868 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD){ if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3868); }; |
| 3869 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 3870 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 3871 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 3875 | { |
| 3876 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 3877 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 3878 | } |
| 3879 | else |
| 3880 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3884 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3885 | } |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
| 3888 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core)) |
| 3889 | { |
| 3890 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) |
| 3891 | p->p_offset = off; |
| 3892 | else |
| 3893 | { |
| 3894 | file_ptr adjust; |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
| 3897 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3898 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3899 | } |
| 3900 | } |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | voff = off; |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | asection *sec; |
| 3907 | flagword flags; |
| 3908 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 | sec = *secpp; |
| 3911 | flags = sec->flags; |
| 3912 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec)((sec)->alignment_power + 0); |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a |
| 3915 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the |
| 3916 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */ |
| 3917 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma) |
| 3918 | { |
| 3919 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3922 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
| 3923 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 |
| 3924 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core)) |
| 3925 | { |
| 3926 | off += adjust; |
| 3927 | voff += adjust; |
| 3928 | } |
| 3929 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 3930 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) != 0) |
| 3931 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3932 | } |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 3939 | { |
| 3940 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
| 3941 | if (adjust < 0) |
| 3942 | adjust = 0; |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 3945 | { |
| 3946 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position |
| 3947 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if |
| 3948 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to |
| 3949 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then |
| 3950 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */ |
| 3951 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
| 3952 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma, voff, |
| 3953 | bed->maxpagesize); |
| 3954 | else |
| 3955 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma, voff, |
| 3956 | align); |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | else |
| 3959 | adjust = 0; |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | if (adjust != 0) |
| 3962 | { |
| 3963 | if (i == 0) |
| 3964 | { |
| 3965 | (* _bfd_error_handler) (_("\("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x" ) |
| 3966 | Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x")("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x" ), |
| 3967 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec)((sec)->name), |
| 3968 | sec->lma, |
| 3969 | p->p_paddr); |
| 3970 | return FALSE0; |
| 3971 | } |
| 3972 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 3973 | off += adjust; |
| 3974 | voff += adjust; |
| 3975 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 3976 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | sec->filepos = off; |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is |
| 3982 | used in a linker script we may have a section with |
| 3983 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have |
| 3984 | contents. */ |
| 3985 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 3986 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) != 0) |
| 3987 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
| 3990 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 3991 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0)) |
| 3992 | voff += sec->_raw_size; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
| 3996 | { |
| 3997 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0. |
| 3998 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */ |
| 3999 | if (i == 0) |
| 4000 | { |
| 4001 | sec->filepos = off; |
| 4002 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size; |
| 4003 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
| 4004 | voff = off; |
| 4005 | } |
| 4006 | else |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */ |
| 4009 | sec->filepos = 0; |
| 4010 | sec->_raw_size = 0; |
| 4011 | flags = sec->flags = 0; |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 4014 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | else |
| 4017 | { |
| 4018 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 4019 | || (sec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0 |
| 4020 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS7) |
| 4021 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size; |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 4024 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size; |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS7 |
| 4027 | && sec->_raw_size == 0 |
| 4028 | && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) == 0) |
| 4029 | { |
| 4030 | struct bfd_link_order *o; |
| 4031 | bfd_vma tbss_size = 0; |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | for (o = sec->link_order_head; o != NULL((void*)0); o = o->next) |
| 4034 | if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size) |
| 4035 | tbss_size = o->offset + o->size; |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | p->p_memsz += tbss_size; |
| 4038 | } |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | if (align > p->p_align |
| 4041 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0)) |
| 4042 | p->p_align = align; |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4046 | { |
| 4047 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
| 4048 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE0x020) != 0) |
| 4049 | p->p_flags |= PF_X(1 << 0); |
| 4050 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
| 4051 | p->p_flags |= PF_W(1 << 1); |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | } |
| 4054 | } |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
| 4057 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 4058 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 4059 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
| 4060 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 4061 | { |
| 4062 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 && m->count > 0) |
| 4063 | { |
| 4064 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs){ if (!(! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs )) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",4064) ; }; |
| 4065 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| 4066 | } |
| 4067 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 4068 | { |
| 4069 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
| 4072 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4073 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
| 4074 | } |
| 4075 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4076 | { |
| 4077 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
| 4078 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4079 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
| 4080 | } |
| 4081 | } |
| 4082 | } |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ |
| 4085 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) |
| 4086 | { |
| 4087 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
| 4088 | p->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
| 4089 | } |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr = phdrs; |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| 4096 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 4097 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) |
| 4098 | return FALSE0; |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | return TRUE1; |
| 4101 | } |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 | /* Get the size of the program header. |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it |
| 4106 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only |
| 4107 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, |
| 4108 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one |
| 4109 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there |
| 4112 | will be two segments. */ |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | static bfd_size_type |
| 4115 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd) |
| 4116 | { |
| 4117 | size_t segs; |
| 4118 | asection *s; |
| 4119 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ |
| 4122 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size != 0) |
| 4123 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4126 | { |
| 4127 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | segs = 0; |
| 4130 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
| 4131 | ++segs; |
| 4132 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4133 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
| 4134 | } |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | /* We used to assume that two PT_LOAD segments would be enough, |
| 4137 | code and data, with the change to pad the PLT and GOT, this is no |
| 4138 | longer true. Now there can be several PT_LOAD sections. 7 seems |
| 4139 | to be enough with BSS_PLT and .rodata-X, where we have text, data, |
| 4140 | GOT, dynamic, PLT, bss */ |
| 4141 | segs = 7; |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 4144 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 4145 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
| 4146 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
| 4147 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
| 4148 | { |
| 4149 | /* We need a PT_PHDR segment. */ |
| 4150 | ++segs; |
| 4151 | } |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
| 4154 | { |
| 4155 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| 4156 | PT_INTERP segment. */ |
| 4157 | ++segs; |
| 4158 | } |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4161 | { |
| 4162 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 4163 | ++segs; |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata") != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4167 | { |
| 4168 | /* We need a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE segment. */ |
| 4169 | ++segs; |
| 4170 | } |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr) |
| 4173 | { |
| 4174 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
| 4175 | ++segs; |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
| 4179 | { |
| 4180 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
| 4181 | ++segs; |
| 4182 | } |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 4185 | { |
| 4186 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
| 4187 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 4190 | ++segs; |
| 4191 | } |
| 4192 | } |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 4195 | { |
| 4196 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
| 4197 | { |
| 4198 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 4199 | ++segs; |
| 4200 | break; |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | } |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
| 4205 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
| 4206 | { |
| 4207 | int a; |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); |
| 4210 | if (a == -1) |
| 4211 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 4211, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
| 4212 | segs += a; |
| 4213 | } |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4216 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| 4220 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
| 4221 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form |
| 4224 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file |
| 4225 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by |
| 4226 | write_object_contents and final_link. |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4231 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 4232 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
| 4235 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 4236 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 4237 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 4238 | file_ptr off; |
| 4239 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)) == 0 |
| 4242 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_core) |
| 4243 | { |
| 4244 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 4245 | unsigned int i; |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| 4248 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| 4251 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| 4252 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| 4253 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 4254 | { |
| 4255 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 4258 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
| 4259 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4 |
| 4260 | || i == tdata->symtab_section |
| 4261 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section |
| 4262 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
| 4263 | { |
| 4264 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 4265 | } |
| 4266 | else |
| 4267 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
| 4270 | { |
| 4271 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 4272 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 4273 | } |
| 4274 | } |
| 4275 | } |
| 4276 | else |
| 4277 | { |
| 4278 | unsigned int i; |
| 4279 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
| 4282 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
| 4283 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info)) |
| 4284 | return FALSE0; |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
| 4289 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 4290 | { |
| 4291 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 4294 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) |
| 4295 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) |
| 4296 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; |
| 4297 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4300 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment")("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
| 4301 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename), |
| 4302 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL((void*)0) |
| 4303 | ? "*unknown*" |
| 4304 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
| 4305 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
| 4306 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4307 | bed->maxpagesize); |
| 4308 | else |
| 4309 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4310 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
| 4311 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
| 4312 | FALSE0); |
| 4313 | } |
| 4314 | else if (hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
| 4315 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] |
| 4316 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
| 4317 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 4318 | else |
| 4319 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
| 4322 | { |
| 4323 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 4324 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | } |
| 4327 | } |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
| 4330 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
| 4331 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| 4332 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | return TRUE1; |
| 4337 | } |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4340 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 4343 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| 4344 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| 4345 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| 4346 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 4349 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
| 4352 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4353 | return FALSE0; |
| 4354 | |
| 4355 | elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) = shstrtab; |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG00] = ELFMAG00x7F; |
| 4358 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG11] = ELFMAG1'E'; |
| 4359 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG22] = ELFMAG2'L'; |
| 4360 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG33] = ELFMAG3'F'; |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] = bed->s->elfclass; |
| 4363 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA5] = |
| 4364 | bfd_big_endian (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) ? ELFDATA2MSB2 : ELFDATA2LSB1; |
| 4365 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION6] = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0) |
| 4368 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN3; |
| 4369 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) != 0) |
| 4370 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC2; |
| 4371 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
| 4372 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE4; |
| 4373 | else |
| 4374 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL1; |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 4377 | { |
| 4378 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| 4379 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE0; |
| 4380 | break; |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
| 4383 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 4384 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
| 4385 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
| 4386 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
| 4387 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
| 4388 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
| 4389 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
| 4390 | default: |
| 4391 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 4395 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
| 4398 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 4399 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 4400 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
| 4403 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd)((abfd)->start_address); |
| 4404 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
| 4407 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) |
| 4408 | { |
| 4409 | /* It all happens later. */ |
| 4410 | #if 0 |
| 4411 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of |
| 4414 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */ |
| 4415 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
| 4416 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; |
| 4417 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; |
| 4418 | #endif |
| 4419 | } |
| 4420 | else |
| 4421 | { |
| 4422 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 4423 | i_phdrp = 0; |
| 4424 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 4425 | } |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4428 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE0); |
| 4429 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4430 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE0); |
| 4431 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4432 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE0); |
| 4433 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 4434 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 4435 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 4436 | return FALSE0; |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | return TRUE1; |
| 4439 | } |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| 4442 | of the loadable file image. */ |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | void |
| 4445 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
| 4446 | { |
| 4447 | file_ptr off; |
| 4448 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 4449 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 4454 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
| 4455 | { |
| 4456 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| 4459 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL9 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
| 4460 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| 4461 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE1); |
| 4462 | } |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4465 | } |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 | bfd_boolean |
| 4468 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 4469 | { |
| 4470 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4471 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| 4472 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 4473 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 4474 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 4477 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
| 4478 | return FALSE0; |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 4481 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | failed = FALSE0; |
| 4484 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
| 4485 | if (failed) |
| 4486 | return FALSE0; |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| 4491 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 4492 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
| 4493 | { |
| 4494 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| 4495 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 4496 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| 4497 | { |
| 4498 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 4501 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 4502 | return FALSE0; |
| 4503 | } |
| 4504 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
| 4505 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
| 4506 | } |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| 4509 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 4510 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr))) |
| 4511 | return FALSE0; |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| 4514 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
| 4515 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->linker); |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
| 4518 | } |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | bfd_boolean |
| 4521 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 4524 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
| 4525 | } |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | int |
| 4530 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
| 4531 | { |
| 4532 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4533 | int index; |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | if (elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd) != NULL((void*)0) |
| 4536 | && elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_idx != 0) |
| 4537 | return elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section))) |
| 4540 | index = SHN_ABS0xFFF1; |
| 4541 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)(((asect)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
| 4542 | index = SHN_COMMON0xFFF2; |
| 4543 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section))) |
| 4544 | index = SHN_UNDEF0; |
| 4545 | else |
| 4546 | { |
| 4547 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
| 4548 | int maxindex = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | for (index = 1; index < maxindex; index++) |
| 4551 | { |
| 4552 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | if (hdr != NULL((void*)0) && hdr->bfd_section == asect) |
| 4555 | return index; |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | index = -1; |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4561 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 4562 | { |
| 4563 | int retval = index; |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
| 4566 | return retval; |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | if (index == -1) |
| 4570 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | return index; |
| 4573 | } |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
| 4576 | on error. */ |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | int |
| 4579 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
| 4580 | { |
| 4581 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 4582 | int idx; |
| 4583 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| 4586 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| 4587 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| 4588 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| 4589 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| 4590 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| 4591 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
| 4592 | && asym_ptr->section) |
| 4593 | { |
| 4594 | int indx; |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4597 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; |
| 4598 | else |
| 4599 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; |
| 4600 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) |
| 4601 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx] != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4602 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx]->udata.i; |
| 4603 | } |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | if (idx == 0) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
| 4610 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
| 4611 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4612 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present")("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
| 4613 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)((asym_ptr)->name)); |
| 4614 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| 4615 | return -1; |
| 4616 | } |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
| 4619 | { |
| 4620 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), |
| 4621 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
| 4622 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
| 4623 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
| 4624 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
| 4625 | } |
| 4626 | #endif |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | return idx; |
| 4629 | } |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */ |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4634 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 4635 | { |
| 4636 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| 4637 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| 4638 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| 4639 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| 4640 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 4641 | asection *section; |
| 4642 | unsigned int i; |
| 4643 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 4644 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE0; |
| 4645 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 4646 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL((void*)0); |
| 4647 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
| 4648 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 4651 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 4652 | return TRUE1; |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4655 | return TRUE1; |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 4658 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | map_first = NULL((void*)0); |
| 4661 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
| 4664 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (obfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
| 4667 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
| 4668 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
| 4669 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
| 4672 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) \ |
| 4673 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7) \ |
| 4674 | ? section->_raw_size : 0) |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 4677 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 4678 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
| 4679 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
| 4680 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 4681 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 4684 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 4685 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
| 4686 | (section->lma >= base \ |
| 4687 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 4688 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
| 4691 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 4692 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 \ |
| 4693 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd)((ibfd)->format) == bfd_core \ |
| 4694 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ |
| 4695 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 4696 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
| 4697 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
| 4700 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
| 4701 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
| 4702 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
| 4703 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
| 4704 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
| 4705 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
| 4706 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
| 4707 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) != 0 \ |
| 4708 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \ |
| 4709 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 4710 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
| 4711 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
| 4714 | A section will be included if: |
| 4715 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
| 4716 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
| 4717 | 2. It is an allocated segment, |
| 4718 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
| 4719 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
| 4720 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
| 4721 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
| 4722 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 4723 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| 4724 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
| 4725 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
| 4726 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
| 4727 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) \ |
| 4728 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
| 4729 | && section->output_section != NULL((void*)0) \ |
| 4730 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551) \ |
| 4731 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS7 \ |
| 4732 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) \ |
| 4733 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 \ |
| 4734 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7 \ |
| 4735 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0) \ |
| 4736 | && ! section->segment_mark) |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
| 4739 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
| 4740 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
| 4743 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
| 4744 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
| 4745 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
| 4746 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
| 4747 | LMA. */ |
| 4748 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
| 4749 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
| 4750 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
| 4751 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
| 4752 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
| 4755 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL((void*)0); section = section->next) |
| 4756 | section->segment_mark = FALSE0; |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
| 4759 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
| 4760 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
| 4761 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
| 4762 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 4763 | i < num_segments; |
| 4764 | i++, segment++) |
| 4765 | { |
| 4766 | unsigned int j; |
| 4767 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP3) |
| 4770 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
| 4771 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
| 4772 | { |
| 4773 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
| 4774 | assignment code will work. */ |
| 4775 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
| 4776 | break; |
| 4777 | } |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
| 4780 | continue; |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
| 4783 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD1 |
| 4788 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
| 4789 | continue; |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
| 4792 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
| 4793 | { |
| 4794 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
| 4795 | SEGMENT. */ |
| 4796 | extra_length = |
| 4797 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
| 4798 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 4801 | { |
| 4802 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 4803 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 4804 | } |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
| 4809 | i = 0; |
| 4810 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 4811 | break; |
| 4812 | } |
| 4813 | else |
| 4814 | { |
| 4815 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
| 4816 | SEGMENT2. */ |
| 4817 | extra_length = |
| 4818 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
| 4819 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 4822 | { |
| 4823 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 4824 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
| 4828 | } |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | } |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
| 4833 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
| 4834 | i < num_segments; |
| 4835 | i ++, segment ++) |
| 4836 | { |
| 4837 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 4838 | asection ** sections; |
| 4839 | asection * output_section; |
| 4840 | unsigned int isec; |
| 4841 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
| 4842 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
| 4843 | unsigned int j; |
| 4844 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4845 | |
| 4846 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL0) |
| 4847 | continue; |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
| 4850 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| 4851 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
| 4852 | section = section->next) |
| 4853 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 4854 | ++section_count; |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| 4857 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| 4858 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 4859 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4860 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| 4861 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4862 | return FALSE0; |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
| 4865 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
| 4866 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 4867 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 4868 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 4869 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 4870 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 4871 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 4874 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 4875 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 4876 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
| 4881 | { |
| 4882 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 4883 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 4884 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 4885 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 4886 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 4889 | phdr_included = TRUE1; |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | if (section_count == 0) |
| 4893 | { |
| 4894 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
| 4895 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
| 4896 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
| 4897 | a warning is produced. */ |
| 4898 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
| 4899 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4900 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n")("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n" ), |
| 4901 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | map->count = 0; |
| 4904 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 4905 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | continue; |
| 4908 | } |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
| 4911 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
| 4912 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
| 4913 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
| 4916 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
| 4917 | input BFD. |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
| 4920 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 4921 | of the first section. |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
| 4924 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
| 4925 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
| 4926 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
| 4927 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
| 4930 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 4931 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
| 4932 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
| 4935 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
| 4936 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here |
| 4939 | to work around this long long bug. */ |
| 4940 | amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4941 | sections = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 4942 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 4943 | return FALSE0; |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
| 4946 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
| 4947 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
| 4948 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
| 4949 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
| 4950 | more to do. */ |
| 4951 | isec = 0; |
| 4952 | matching_lma = 0; |
| 4953 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
| 4956 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
| 4957 | section = section->next) |
| 4958 | { |
| 4959 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | sections[j ++] = section; |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
| 4966 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
| 4967 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
| 4968 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
| 4969 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| 4970 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
| 4971 | && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
| 4972 | && isec == 0 |
| 4973 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
| 4974 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
| 4975 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
| 4976 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
| 4977 | : 0) |
| 4978 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 4979 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
| 4980 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| 4981 | : 0)))) |
| 4982 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
| 4985 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
| 4986 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 4987 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
| 4988 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && |
| 4989 | IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)) |
| 4990 | ) |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | if (matching_lma == 0) |
| 4993 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
| 4996 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
| 4997 | segment. */ |
| 4998 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
| 4999 | } |
| 5000 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 5001 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | } |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count){ if (!(j == section_count)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5005); }; |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
| 5008 | if necessary. */ |
| 5009 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 5010 | { |
| 5011 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
| 5012 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
| 5013 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
| 5014 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
| 5015 | map->count = section_count; |
| 5016 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5017 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | free (sections); |
| 5020 | continue; |
| 5021 | } |
| 5022 | else |
| 5023 | { |
| 5024 | if (matching_lma != 0) |
| 5025 | { |
| 5026 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
| 5027 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
| 5028 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
| 5029 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
| 5030 | } |
| 5031 | else |
| 5032 | { |
| 5033 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
| 5034 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
| 5035 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
| 5036 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 5037 | } |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
| 5040 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
| 5041 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
| 5042 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5045 | { |
| 5046 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
| 5049 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
| 5050 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
| 5051 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
| 5052 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
| 5053 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
| 5054 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
| 5055 | } |
| 5056 | } |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
| 5059 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
| 5060 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
| 5061 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
| 5062 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
| 5063 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
| 5064 | the loop. */ |
| 5065 | isec = 0; |
| 5066 | do |
| 5067 | { |
| 5068 | map->count = 0; |
| 5069 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
| 5072 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
| 5073 | { |
| 5074 | section = sections[j]; |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 | if (section == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5077 | continue; |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL){ if (!(output_section != ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5081); }; |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 5084 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| 5085 | { |
| 5086 | if (map->count == 0) |
| 5087 | { |
| 5088 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
| 5089 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
| 5090 | wrong. */ |
| 5091 | if (output_section->lma != |
| 5092 | (map->p_paddr |
| 5093 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
| 5094 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 5095 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
| 5096 | : 0))) |
| 5097 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 5097, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | else |
| 5100 | { |
| 5101 | asection * prev_sec; |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
| 5104 | |
| 5105 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
| 5106 | and the start of this section is more than |
| 5107 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
| 5108 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size,((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size )) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
| 5109 | maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size )) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
| 5110 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (output_section->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (output_section->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (output_section ->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize )-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
| 5111 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) |
| 5112 | > output_section->lma)) |
| 5113 | { |
| 5114 | if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 5115 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | continue; |
| 5118 | } |
| 5119 | } |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
| 5122 | ++isec; |
| 5123 | sections[j] = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5124 | section->segment_mark = TRUE1; |
| 5125 | } |
| 5126 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| 5127 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5128 | } |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0){ if (!(map->count > 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5130); }; |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
| 5133 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5134 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | if (isec < section_count) |
| 5137 | { |
| 5138 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
| 5139 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
| 5140 | and carry on looping. */ |
| 5141 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 5142 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 5143 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| 5144 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5145 | { |
| 5146 | free (sections); |
| 5147 | return FALSE0; |
| 5148 | } |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
| 5151 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
| 5152 | not yet been assigned. */ |
| 5153 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5154 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 5155 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 5156 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 5157 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 5158 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 5159 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
| 5160 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | } |
| 5163 | while (isec < section_count); |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | free (sections); |
| 5166 | } |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
| 5169 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
| 5170 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
| 5171 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
| 5172 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
| 5173 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
| 5174 | break; |
| 5175 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5176 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
| 5177 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = map_first; |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
| 5182 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
| 5183 | the offset if necessary. */ |
| 5184 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5185 | { |
| 5186 | unsigned int count; |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
| 5189 | count++; |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
| 5192 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
| 5193 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 5194 | } |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | #if 0 |
| 5197 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical |
| 5198 | address. */ |
| 5199 | if (map_first != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5200 | { |
| 5201 | struct elf_segment_map *prev; |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | prev = map_first; |
| 5204 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL((void*)0); prev = map, map = map->next) |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */ |
| 5207 | if (map->next != NULL((void*)0) && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr)) |
| 5208 | { |
| 5209 | /* Swap map and map->next. */ |
| 5210 | prev->next = map->next; |
| 5211 | map->next = map->next->next; |
| 5212 | prev->next->next = map; |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | /* Restart loop. */ |
| 5215 | map = map_first; |
| 5216 | } |
| 5217 | } |
| 5218 | } |
| 5219 | #endif |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
| 5222 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
| 5223 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
| 5224 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
| 5225 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
| 5226 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
| 5227 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
| 5228 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
| 5229 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
| 5230 | return TRUE1; |
| 5231 | } |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
| 5234 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | bfd_boolean |
| 5237 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 5238 | asection *isec, |
| 5239 | bfd *obfd, |
| 5240 | asection *osec) |
| 5241 | { |
| 5242 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 5245 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5246 | return TRUE1; |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0) && elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5249 | { |
| 5250 | asection *s; |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC |
| 5253 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is |
| 5254 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy |
| 5255 | won't call this routine in that case. */ |
| 5256 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 5257 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
| 5258 | break; |
| 5259 | if (s == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
| 5262 | return FALSE0; |
| 5263 | } |
| 5264 | } |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
| 5267 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
| 5272 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11 |
| 5273 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe |
| 5274 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd) |
| 5275 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will |
| 5278 | have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group |
| 5279 | members. */ |
| 5280 | elf_next_in_group (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = elf_next_in_group (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
| 5281 | elf_group_name (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->group .name) = elf_group_name (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->group .name); |
| 5282 | |
| 5283 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 | return TRUE1; |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
| 5289 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
| 5290 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
| 5291 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
| 5292 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 1) |
| 5295 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 2) |
| 5296 | #define MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 3) |
| 5297 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 4) |
| 5298 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 5) |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | bfd_boolean |
| 5301 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 5302 | asymbol *isymarg, |
| 5303 | bfd *obfd, |
| 5304 | asymbol *osymarg) |
| 5305 | { |
| 5306 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 5309 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5310 | return TRUE1; |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg)(((isymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (isymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (isymarg) : 0); |
| 5313 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg)(((osymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (osymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (osymarg) : 0); |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 | if (isym != NULL((void*)0) |
| 5316 | && osym != NULL((void*)0) |
| 5317 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)((isym->symbol.section) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section ))) |
| 5318 | { |
| 5319 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 5322 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)) |
| 5323 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1); |
| 5324 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)) |
| 5325 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2); |
| 5326 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section) |
| 5327 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3); |
| 5328 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section) |
| 5329 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4); |
| 5330 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section) |
| 5331 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5); |
| 5332 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 5333 | } |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | return TRUE1; |
| 5336 | } |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
| 5339 | |
| 5340 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5341 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
| 5342 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
| 5343 | int relocatable_p) |
| 5344 | { |
| 5345 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5346 | int symcount; |
| 5347 | asymbol **syms; |
| 5348 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| 5349 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 5350 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 5351 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 5352 | char *outbound_syms; |
| 5353 | char *outbound_shndx; |
| 5354 | int idx; |
| 5355 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5356 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
| 5359 | return FALSE0; |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| 5362 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 5363 | if (stt == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5364 | return FALSE0; |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 5367 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
| 5368 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 5369 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB2; |
| 5370 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5371 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| 5372 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) + 1; |
| 5373 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
| 5376 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5379 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5380 | if (outbound_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5381 | { |
| 5382 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 5383 | return FALSE0; |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | outbound_shndx = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5388 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 5389 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 5392 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5393 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5394 | { |
| 5395 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 5396 | return FALSE0; |
| 5397 | } |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
| 5400 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18; |
| 5401 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
| 5402 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 5403 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 5404 | } |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
| 5407 | { |
| 5408 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| 5409 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 5410 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 5411 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 5412 | sym.st_size = 0; |
| 5413 | sym.st_info = 0; |
| 5414 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 5415 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF0; |
| 5416 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 5417 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5418 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5419 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 5420 | } |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | name_local_sections |
| 5423 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
| 5424 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
| 5427 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 5428 | { |
| 5429 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 5430 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| 5431 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 5432 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| 5433 | int type; |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | if (!name_local_sections |
| 5436 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100 | BSF_GLOBAL0x02)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
| 5439 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 5440 | } |
| 5441 | else |
| 5442 | { |
| 5443 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| 5444 | syms[idx]->name, |
| 5445 | TRUE1, FALSE0); |
| 5446 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 5447 | { |
| 5448 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 5449 | return FALSE0; |
| 5450 | } |
| 5451 | } |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx])(((syms[idx])->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (syms[idx])->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (syms[idx]) : 0); |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
| 5456 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
| 5457 | { |
| 5458 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| 5459 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| 5460 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| 5461 | sym.st_size = value; |
| 5462 | if (type_ptr == NULL((void*)0) |
| 5463 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| 5464 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| 5465 | else |
| 5466 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 5467 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 5468 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
| 5469 | } |
| 5470 | else |
| 5471 | { |
| 5472 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 5473 | int shndx; |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 5476 | { |
| 5477 | value += sec->output_offset; |
| 5478 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 5479 | } |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
| 5482 | if (! relocatable_p) |
| 5483 | value += sec->vma; |
| 5484 | sym.st_value = value; |
| 5485 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)((sec) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)) |
| 5488 | && type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
| 5489 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
| 5490 | { |
| 5491 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
| 5492 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
| 5493 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
| 5494 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 5495 | switch (shndx) |
| 5496 | { |
| 5497 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1): |
| 5498 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section); |
| 5499 | break; |
| 5500 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2): |
| 5501 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section); |
| 5502 | break; |
| 5503 | case MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3): |
| 5504 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section; |
| 5505 | break; |
| 5506 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4): |
| 5507 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section; |
| 5508 | break; |
| 5509 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5): |
| 5510 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section; |
| 5511 | break; |
| 5512 | default: |
| 5513 | break; |
| 5514 | } |
| 5515 | } |
| 5516 | else |
| 5517 | { |
| 5518 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 | if (shndx == -1) |
| 5521 | { |
| 5522 | asection *sec2; |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
| 5525 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
| 5526 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
| 5527 | demand of applications. For example, it |
| 5528 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| 5529 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
| 5530 | actually in the output file. */ |
| 5531 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| 5532 | if (sec2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5533 | { |
| 5534 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ) |
| 5535 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'")("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ), |
| 5536 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
| 5537 | sec->name); |
| 5538 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 5539 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 5540 | return FALSE0; |
| 5541 | } |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| 5544 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1){ if (!(shndx != -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5544); }; |
| 5545 | } |
| 5546 | } |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL0x40000) != 0) |
| 5552 | type = STT_TLS6; |
| 5553 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION0x10) != 0) |
| 5554 | type = STT_FUNC2; |
| 5555 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT0x10000) != 0) |
| 5556 | type = STT_OBJECT1; |
| 5557 | else |
| 5558 | type = STT_NOTYPE0; |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
| 5561 | type = STT_TLS6; |
| 5562 | |
| 5563 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
| 5564 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
| 5565 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 5566 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 5567 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
| 5570 | { |
| 5571 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
| 5572 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION)(((1) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
| 5573 | else |
| 5574 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION)(((0) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
| 5575 | } |
| 5576 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
| 5577 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type)(((1) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
| 5578 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)((syms[idx]->section) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section ))) |
| 5579 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
| 5580 | ? STB_WEAK(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
| 5581 | : STB_GLOBAL),(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
| 5582 | type)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )); |
| 5583 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE0x4000) |
| 5584 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE)(((0) << 4) + ((4) & 0xF)); |
| 5585 | else |
| 5586 | { |
| 5587 | int bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL0x01) |
| 5590 | bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
| 5591 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK0x80) |
| 5592 | bind = STB_WEAK2; |
| 5593 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
| 5594 | bind = STB_GLOBAL1; |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type)(((bind) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
| 5597 | } |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5600 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 5601 | else |
| 5602 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 5605 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5606 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5607 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | *sttp = stt; |
| 5611 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| 5612 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 5615 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 5616 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 5617 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 5618 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 5619 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | return TRUE1; |
| 5622 | } |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| 5627 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| 5628 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | long |
| 5631 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 5632 | { |
| 5633 | long symcount; |
| 5634 | long symtab_size; |
| 5635 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5638 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 5639 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 5640 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | return symtab_size; |
| 5643 | } |
| 5644 | |
| 5645 | long |
| 5646 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 5647 | { |
| 5648 | long symcount; |
| 5649 | long symtab_size; |
| 5650 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
| 5653 | { |
| 5654 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 5655 | return -1; |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 5659 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 5660 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 5661 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 | return symtab_size; |
| 5664 | } |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | long |
| 5667 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 5668 | sec_ptr asect) |
| 5669 | { |
| 5670 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| 5671 | } |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| 5674 | |
| 5675 | long |
| 5676 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 5677 | sec_ptr section, |
| 5678 | arelent **relptr, |
| 5679 | asymbol **symbols) |
| 5680 | { |
| 5681 | arelent *tblptr; |
| 5682 | unsigned int i; |
| 5683 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE0)) |
| 5686 | return -1; |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 5689 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| 5690 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | *relptr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 5695 | } |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | long |
| 5698 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
| 5699 | { |
| 5700 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 5701 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE0); |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 5704 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) = symcount; |
| 5705 | return symcount; |
| 5706 | } |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | long |
| 5709 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 5710 | asymbol **allocation) |
| 5711 | { |
| 5712 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 5713 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE1); |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 5716 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->dynsymcount) = symcount; |
| 5717 | return symcount; |
| 5718 | } |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any |
| 5721 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type |
| 5722 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is |
| 5723 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | long |
| 5726 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 5727 | { |
| 5728 | long ret; |
| 5729 | asection *s; |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
| 5732 | { |
| 5733 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 5734 | return -1; |
| 5735 | } |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
| 5738 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 5739 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
| 5740 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
| 5741 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
| 5742 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
| 5743 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | return ret; |
| 5746 | } |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return |
| 5749 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are |
| 5750 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which |
| 5751 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there |
| 5752 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually |
| 5753 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses |
| 5754 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc |
| 5755 | section. */ |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | long |
| 5758 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 5759 | arelent **storage, |
| 5760 | asymbol **syms) |
| 5761 | { |
| 5762 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 5763 | asection *s; |
| 5764 | long ret; |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
| 5767 | { |
| 5768 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 5769 | return -1; |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 5773 | ret = 0; |
| 5774 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
| 5775 | { |
| 5776 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
| 5777 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
| 5778 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
| 5779 | { |
| 5780 | arelent *p; |
| 5781 | long count, i; |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE1)) |
| 5784 | return -1; |
| 5785 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| 5786 | p = s->relocation; |
| 5787 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 5788 | *storage++ = p++; |
| 5789 | ret += count; |
| 5790 | } |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | *storage = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | return ret; |
| 5796 | } |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | bfd_boolean |
| 5801 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd) |
| 5802 | { |
| 5803 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5804 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
| 5807 | { |
| 5808 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5809 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
| 5810 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 5811 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
| 5812 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
| 5813 | unsigned int i; |
| 5814 | unsigned int maxidx; |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr; |
| 5817 | |
| 5818 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 5819 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5820 | goto error_return; |
| 5821 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 5822 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 5823 | goto error_return; |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
| 5826 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
| 5827 | the maximum. */ |
| 5828 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 5829 | maxidx = 0; |
| 5830 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
| 5831 | { |
| 5832 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff)) > maxidx) |
| 5835 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff); |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 5838 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
| 5839 | } |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef); |
| 5842 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5843 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5844 | goto error_return; |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 5849 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; |
| 5850 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
| 5851 | { |
| 5852 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
| 5853 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 5854 | unsigned int j; |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff) - 1]; |
| 5859 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux); |
| 5864 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5865 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5866 | goto error_return; |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 5869 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
| 5870 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 5871 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
| 5872 | { |
| 5873 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
| 5876 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5877 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
| 5878 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5879 | goto error_return; |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 5882 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
| 5883 | else |
| 5884 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 5887 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
| 5888 | } |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 5893 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
| 5894 | else |
| 5895 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 5898 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
| 5899 | } |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | free (contents); |
| 5902 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5903 | } |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
| 5906 | { |
| 5907 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 5908 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
| 5909 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
| 5910 | unsigned int i; |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr; |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed); |
| 5915 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5916 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5917 | goto error_return; |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 5922 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5923 | goto error_return; |
| 5924 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 5925 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 5926 | goto error_return; |
| 5927 | |
| 5928 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
| 5929 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
| 5930 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
| 5933 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
| 5934 | unsigned int j; |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
| 5941 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5942 | iverneed->vn_file); |
| 5943 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5944 | goto error_return; |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt; |
| 5947 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux); |
| 5948 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 5951 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
| 5952 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
| 5953 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
| 5954 | { |
| 5955 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
| 5958 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 5959 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
| 5960 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5961 | goto error_return; |
| 5962 | |
| 5963 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
| 5964 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
| 5965 | else |
| 5966 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 5969 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
| 5970 | } |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 5973 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
| 5974 | else |
| 5975 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
| 5978 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
| 5979 | } |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | free (contents); |
| 5982 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
| 5983 | } |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | return TRUE1; |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | error_return: |
| 5988 | if (contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 5989 | free (contents); |
| 5990 | return FALSE0; |
| 5991 | } |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | asymbol * |
| 5994 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
| 5995 | { |
| 5996 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| 5997 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6000 | if (!newsym) |
| 6001 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 6002 | else |
| 6003 | { |
| 6004 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 6005 | return &newsym->symbol; |
| 6006 | } |
| 6007 | } |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | void |
| 6010 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6011 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 6012 | symbol_info *ret) |
| 6013 | { |
| 6014 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 6015 | } |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
| 6018 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
| 6019 | override it. */ |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | bfd_boolean |
| 6022 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6023 | const char *name) |
| 6024 | { |
| 6025 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
| 6026 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
| 6027 | return TRUE1; |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
| 6030 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
| 6031 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
| 6032 | return TRUE1; |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
| 6035 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
| 6036 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
| 6037 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
| 6038 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
| 6039 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
| 6040 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
| 6041 | return TRUE1; |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | return FALSE0; |
| 6044 | } |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | alent * |
| 6047 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6048 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
| 6049 | { |
| 6050 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 6050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
| 6051 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 6052 | } |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | bfd_boolean |
| 6055 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
| 6056 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| 6057 | unsigned long machine) |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| 6060 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| 6061 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch |
| 6062 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| 6063 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 6064 | return FALSE0; |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| 6067 | } |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
| 6070 | for error reporting. */ |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6073 | elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6074 | asection *section, |
| 6075 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 6076 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 6077 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 6078 | const char **functionname_ptr) |
| 6079 | { |
| 6080 | const char *filename; |
| 6081 | asymbol *func; |
| 6082 | bfd_vma low_func; |
| 6083 | asymbol **p; |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 | filename = NULL((void*)0); |
| 6086 | func = NULL((void*)0); |
| 6087 | low_func = 0; |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL((void*)0); p++) |
| 6090 | { |
| 6091 | elf_symbol_type *q; |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol)((&q->symbol)->section) != section) |
| 6096 | continue; |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)((q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) & 0xF)) |
| 6099 | { |
| 6100 | default: |
| 6101 | break; |
| 6102 | case STT_FILE4: |
| 6103 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol)((&q->symbol)->name); |
| 6104 | break; |
| 6105 | case STT_NOTYPE0: |
| 6106 | case STT_FUNC2: |
| 6107 | if (q->symbol.section == section |
| 6108 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
| 6109 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 6110 | { |
| 6111 | func = (asymbol *) q; |
| 6112 | low_func = q->symbol.value; |
| 6113 | } |
| 6114 | break; |
| 6115 | } |
| 6116 | } |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | if (func == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6119 | return FALSE0; |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | if (filename_ptr) |
| 6122 | *filename_ptr = filename; |
| 6123 | if (functionname_ptr) |
| 6124 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func)((func)->name); |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 | return TRUE1; |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
| 6130 | for error reporting. */ |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | bfd_boolean |
| 6133 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
| 6134 | asection *section, |
| 6135 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 6136 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 6137 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 6138 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 6139 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 6140 | { |
| 6141 | bfd_boolean found; |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6144 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6145 | line_ptr)) |
| 6146 | { |
| 6147 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 6148 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6149 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
| 6150 | functionname_ptr); |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 | return TRUE1; |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6156 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6157 | line_ptr, 0, |
| 6158 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| 6159 | { |
| 6160 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 6161 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6162 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
| 6163 | functionname_ptr); |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | return TRUE1; |
| 6166 | } |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
| 6169 | &found, filename_ptr, |
| 6170 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 6171 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->line_info)) |
| 6172 | return FALSE0; |
| 6173 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
| 6174 | return TRUE1; |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 | if (symbols == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6177 | return FALSE0; |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6180 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
| 6181 | return FALSE0; |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 6184 | return TRUE1; |
| 6185 | } |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | int |
| 6188 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc) |
| 6189 | { |
| 6190 | int ret; |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 6193 | if (! reloc) |
| 6194 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); |
| 6195 | return ret; |
| 6196 | } |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | bfd_boolean |
| 6199 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
| 6200 | sec_ptr section, |
| 6201 | const void *location, |
| 6202 | file_ptr offset, |
| 6203 | bfd_size_type count) |
| 6204 | { |
| 6205 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6206 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 6209 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
| 6210 | return FALSE0; |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)section->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
| 6213 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
| 6214 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
| 6215 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| 6216 | return FALSE0; |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 | return TRUE1; |
| 6219 | } |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | void |
| 6222 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6223 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6224 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
| 6225 | { |
| 6226 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 6226, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
| 6227 | } |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | bfd_boolean |
| 6232 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
| 6233 | { |
| 6234 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| 6239 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
| 6242 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| 6245 | { |
| 6246 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 6247 | { |
| 6248 | case 8: |
| 6249 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
| 6250 | break; |
| 6251 | case 12: |
| 6252 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
| 6253 | break; |
| 6254 | case 16: |
| 6255 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| 6256 | break; |
| 6257 | case 24: |
| 6258 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
| 6259 | break; |
| 6260 | case 32: |
| 6261 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 6262 | break; |
| 6263 | case 64: |
| 6264 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 6265 | break; |
| 6266 | default: |
| 6267 | goto fail; |
| 6268 | } |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 6273 | { |
| 6274 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 6275 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
| 6276 | else |
| 6277 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
| 6278 | } |
| 6279 | } |
| 6280 | else |
| 6281 | { |
| 6282 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 6283 | { |
| 6284 | case 8: |
| 6285 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
| 6286 | break; |
| 6287 | case 14: |
| 6288 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
| 6289 | break; |
| 6290 | case 16: |
| 6291 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| 6292 | break; |
| 6293 | case 26: |
| 6294 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
| 6295 | break; |
| 6296 | case 32: |
| 6297 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| 6298 | break; |
| 6299 | case 64: |
| 6300 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| 6301 | break; |
| 6302 | default: |
| 6303 | goto fail; |
| 6304 | } |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 6307 | } |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | if (howto) |
| 6310 | areloc->howto = howto; |
| 6311 | else |
| 6312 | goto fail; |
| 6313 | } |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 | return TRUE1; |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | fail: |
| 6318 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 6319 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s")("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
| 6320 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name); |
| 6321 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 6322 | return FALSE0; |
| 6323 | } |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | bfd_boolean |
| 6326 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
| 6327 | { |
| 6328 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
| 6329 | { |
| 6330 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6331 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanupbfd_true (abfd); |
| 6335 | } |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| 6338 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
| 6339 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
| 6340 | this reloc. */ |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 6343 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
| 6344 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6345 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6346 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
| 6347 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
| 6348 | { |
| 6349 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 6350 | } |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
| 6353 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
| 6354 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
| 6355 | out details about the corefile. */ |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
| 6358 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
| 6359 | #endif |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 | static int |
| 6364 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
| 6365 | { |
| 6366 | int pid; |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid; |
| 6369 | if (pid == 0) |
| 6370 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid; |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | return pid; |
| 6373 | } |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
| 6376 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
| 6377 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
| 6378 | overwrite it. */ |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6381 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | asection *sect2; |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6386 | return TRUE1; |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 6389 | if (sect2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6390 | return FALSE0; |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size; |
| 6393 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
| 6394 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; |
| 6395 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
| 6396 | return TRUE1; |
| 6397 | } |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
| 6400 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
| 6401 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
| 6402 | such a section already exists. |
| 6403 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
| 6404 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
| 6405 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
| 6406 | bfd_boolean |
| 6407 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 6408 | char *name, |
| 6409 | size_t size, |
| 6410 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
| 6411 | { |
| 6412 | char buf[100]; |
| 6413 | char *threaded_name; |
| 6414 | size_t len; |
| 6415 | asection *sect; |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | /* Build the section name. */ |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 6420 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 6421 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 6422 | if (threaded_name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6423 | return FALSE0; |
| 6424 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name); |
| 6427 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6428 | return FALSE0; |
| 6429 | sect->_raw_size = size; |
| 6430 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
| 6431 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6432 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
| 6435 | } |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
| 6438 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 6439 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
| 6440 | unixware 4.2 |
| 6441 | */ |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6446 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6447 | { |
| 6448 | size_t raw_size; |
| 6449 | int offset; |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| 6452 | { |
| 6453 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 6456 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 6457 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 6460 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 6461 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
| 6462 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 6463 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 6464 | |
| 6465 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 6466 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 6467 | unixware 4.2 |
| 6468 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 6469 | linux 2.[01] |
| 6470 | */ |
| 6471 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
| 6472 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 6473 | #endif |
| 6474 | } |
| 6475 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 6476 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
| 6477 | { |
| 6478 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 6479 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 6482 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
| 6483 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 6486 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 6487 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
| 6488 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 6489 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 6492 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 6493 | unixware 4.2 |
| 6494 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 6495 | linux 2.[01] |
| 6496 | */ |
| 6497 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
| 6498 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 6499 | #endif |
| 6500 | } |
| 6501 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
| 6502 | else |
| 6503 | { |
| 6504 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 6505 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 6506 | return TRUE1; |
| 6507 | } |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
| 6510 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 6511 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 6512 | } |
| 6513 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
| 6516 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6517 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 6518 | char *name, |
| 6519 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6520 | { |
| 6521 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
| 6522 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
| 6523 | } |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
| 6526 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
| 6527 | data structure apart. */ |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6530 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6531 | { |
| 6532 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 6533 | } |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
| 6536 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents |
| 6537 | literally. */ |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6540 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6541 | { |
| 6542 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 6543 | } |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
| 6546 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 6547 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 6548 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 6549 | #endif |
| 6550 | #endif |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 6553 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 6554 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 6555 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 6556 | #endif |
| 6557 | #endif |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
| 6560 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
| 6561 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | char * |
| 6564 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
| 6565 | { |
| 6566 | char *dups; |
| 6567 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
| 6568 | size_t len; |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | if (end == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6571 | len = max; |
| 6572 | else |
| 6573 | len = end - start; |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
| 6576 | if (dups == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6577 | return NULL((void*)0); |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
| 6580 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | return dups; |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 6586 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6587 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6588 | { |
| 6589 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
| 6590 | { |
| 6591 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
| 6596 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 6597 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
| 6600 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 6601 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 6602 | } |
| 6603 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 6604 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
| 6605 | { |
| 6606 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 6607 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
| 6608 | |
| 6609 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
| 6612 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 6613 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
| 6616 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 6617 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 6618 | } |
| 6619 | #endif |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 | else |
| 6622 | { |
| 6623 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 6624 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 6625 | return TRUE1; |
| 6626 | } |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 6629 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 6630 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 6631 | |
| 6632 | { |
| 6633 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command; |
| 6634 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 6637 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 6638 | } |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | return TRUE1; |
| 6641 | } |
| 6642 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6645 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6646 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6647 | { |
| 6648 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
| 6649 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
| 6650 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
| 6651 | #endif |
| 6652 | ) |
| 6653 | { |
| 6654 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 6659 | } |
| 6660 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 6661 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
| 6662 | { |
| 6663 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 6664 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 6669 | } |
| 6670 | #endif |
| 6671 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
| 6672 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
| 6673 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | return TRUE1; |
| 6676 | } |
| 6677 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 6680 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6681 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6682 | { |
| 6683 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 6684 | char buf[100]; |
| 6685 | char *name; |
| 6686 | size_t len; |
| 6687 | asection *sect; |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
| 6690 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
| 6691 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
| 6692 | #endif |
| 6693 | ) |
| 6694 | return TRUE1; |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
| 6699 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 6704 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 6705 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 6706 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6707 | return FALSE0; |
| 6708 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 6709 | |
| 6710 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 6711 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6712 | return FALSE0; |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 6715 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 6716 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 6717 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 6718 | #endif |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 6721 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
| 6722 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 6723 | #endif |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6726 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 6729 | return FALSE0; |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 6734 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 6735 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 6736 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6737 | return FALSE0; |
| 6738 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 6739 | |
| 6740 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 6741 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6742 | return FALSE0; |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 6745 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 6746 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 6747 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs ); |
| 6748 | #endif |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
| 6751 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
| 6752 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
| 6753 | #endif |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6756 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
| 6759 | } |
| 6760 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6763 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6764 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6765 | { |
| 6766 | char buf[30]; |
| 6767 | char *name; |
| 6768 | size_t len; |
| 6769 | asection *sect; |
| 6770 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) |
| 6773 | return TRUE1; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus)); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | switch (pstatus.data_type) |
| 6778 | { |
| 6779 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: |
| 6780 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
| 6781 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; |
| 6782 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; |
| 6783 | break; |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: |
| 6786 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 6787 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 6790 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 6791 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6792 | return FALSE0; |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 6797 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6798 | return FALSE0; |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
| 6801 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos |
| 6802 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context ) |
| 6803 | data.thread_info.thread_context)__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context )); |
| 6804 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6805 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) |
| 6808 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 6809 | return FALSE0; |
| 6810 | break; |
| 6811 | |
| 6812 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: |
| 6813 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
| 6814 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
| 6815 | |
| 6816 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 6817 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 6818 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6819 | return FALSE0; |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6826 | return FALSE0; |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 6829 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 6830 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6831 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 6832 | break; |
| 6833 | |
| 6834 | default: |
| 6835 | return TRUE1; |
| 6836 | } |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | return TRUE1; |
| 6839 | } |
| 6840 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6843 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6844 | { |
| 6845 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 6846 | |
| 6847 | switch (note->type) |
| 6848 | { |
| 6849 | default: |
| 6850 | return TRUE1; |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | case NT_PRSTATUS1: |
| 6853 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
| 6854 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
| 6855 | return TRUE1; |
| 6856 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 6857 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6858 | #else |
| 6859 | return TRUE1; |
| 6860 | #endif |
| 6861 | |
| 6862 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6863 | case NT_PSTATUS10: |
| 6864 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6865 | #endif |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 6868 | case NT_LWPSTATUS16: |
| 6869 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6870 | #endif |
| 6871 | |
| 6872 | case NT_FPREGSET2: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
| 6873 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| 6876 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS18: |
| 6877 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 6878 | #endif |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | case NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
| 6881 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 6882 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 6883 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 6884 | else |
| 6885 | return TRUE1; |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | case NT_PRPSINFO3: |
| 6888 | case NT_PSINFO13: |
| 6889 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
| 6890 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
| 6891 | return TRUE1; |
| 6892 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 6893 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
| 6894 | #else |
| 6895 | return TRUE1; |
| 6896 | #endif |
| 6897 | |
| 6898 | case NT_AUXV6: |
| 6899 | { |
| 6900 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6903 | return FALSE0; |
| 6904 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 6905 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 6906 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 6907 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 6908 | |
| 6909 | return TRUE1; |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | } |
| 6912 | } |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6915 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
| 6916 | { |
| 6917 | char *cp; |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
| 6920 | if (cp != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 6921 | { |
| 6922 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
| 6923 | return TRUE1; |
| 6924 | } |
| 6925 | return FALSE0; |
| 6926 | } |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6929 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6930 | { |
| 6931 | |
| 6932 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| 6933 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
| 6934 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
| 6935 | |
| 6936 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
| 6937 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
| 6938 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x50)); |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| 6941 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
| 6942 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
| 6945 | note); |
| 6946 | } |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6949 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 6950 | { |
| 6951 | int lwp; |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
| 6954 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO1) |
| 6957 | { |
| 6958 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
| 6959 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
| 6960 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
| 6961 | creates a core file. */ |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| 6964 | } |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
| 6967 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
| 6968 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
| 6969 | understand it. */ |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32) |
| 6972 | return TRUE1; |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 6976 | { |
| 6977 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
| 6978 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
| 6981 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 6982 | switch (note->type) |
| 6983 | { |
| 6984 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+0: |
| 6985 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+2: |
| 6988 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 | default: |
| 6991 | return TRUE1; |
| 6992 | } |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
| 6995 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | default: |
| 6998 | switch (note->type) |
| 6999 | { |
| 7000 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+1: |
| 7001 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+3: |
| 7004 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 7005 | |
| 7006 | default: |
| 7007 | return TRUE1; |
| 7008 | } |
| 7009 | } |
| 7010 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
| 7011 | } |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7014 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7015 | { |
| 7016 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| 7017 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
| 7018 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ |
| 7021 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
| 7022 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x20)); |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| 7025 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
| 7026 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); |
| 7027 | |
| 7028 | return TRUE1; |
| 7029 | } |
| 7030 | |
| 7031 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7032 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7033 | { |
| 7034 | int lwp; |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
| 7037 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO10) |
| 7040 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS20) |
| 7043 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS21) |
| 7046 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS22) |
| 7049 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 7050 | |
| 7051 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV11) |
| 7052 | { |
| 7053 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7056 | return FALSE0; |
| 7057 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 7058 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7059 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 7060 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | return TRUE1; |
| 7063 | } |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE23) |
| 7066 | { |
| 7067 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".wcookie"); |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7070 | return FALSE0; |
| 7071 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 7072 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7073 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 7074 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 | return TRUE1; |
| 7077 | } |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 | return TRUE1; |
| 7080 | } |
| 7081 | |
| 7082 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7083 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid) |
| 7084 | { |
| 7085 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
| 7086 | char buf[100]; |
| 7087 | char *name; |
| 7088 | asection *sect; |
| 7089 | short sig; |
| 7090 | unsigned flags; |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
| 7093 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata)); |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
| 7096 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 4) ); |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
| 7099 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 8) ); |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
| 7102 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx16)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 14 ))) > 0) |
| 7103 | { |
| 7104 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = sig; |
| 7105 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| 7106 | } |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
| 7109 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
| 7110 | thread just in case. */ |
| 7111 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
| 7112 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
| 7115 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%d", *tid); |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 7118 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7119 | return FALSE0; |
| 7120 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 7123 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7124 | return FALSE0; |
| 7125 | |
| 7126 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 7127 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7128 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 7129 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
| 7132 | } |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7135 | elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t tid) |
| 7136 | { |
| 7137 | char buf[100]; |
| 7138 | char *name; |
| 7139 | asection *sect; |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 | /* Make a ".reg/%d" section. */ |
| 7142 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", tid); |
| 7143 | |
| 7144 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 7145 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7146 | return FALSE0; |
| 7147 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 7150 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7151 | return FALSE0; |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
| 7154 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7155 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
| 7156 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
| 7159 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid == tid) |
| 7160 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect); |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | return TRUE1; |
| 7163 | } |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7 7 |
| 7166 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8 8 |
| 7167 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9 9 |
| 7168 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10 10 |
| 7169 | |
| 7170 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7171 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7172 | { |
| 7173 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
| 7174 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
| 7175 | function. */ |
| 7176 | static pid_t tid = 1; |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 | switch (note->type) |
| 7179 | { |
| 7180 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
| 7181 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8: return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
| 7182 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9: return elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid); |
| 7183 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10: return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 7184 | default: return TRUE1; |
| 7185 | } |
| 7186 | } |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | Inputs: |
| 7191 | buffer to hold note |
| 7192 | name of note |
| 7193 | type of note |
| 7194 | data for note |
| 7195 | size of data for note |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | Return: |
| 7198 | End of buffer containing note. */ |
| 7199 | |
| 7200 | char * |
| 7201 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
| 7202 | char *buf, |
| 7203 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7204 | const char *name, |
| 7205 | int type, |
| 7206 | const void *input, |
| 7207 | int size) |
| 7208 | { |
| 7209 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
| 7210 | size_t namesz; |
| 7211 | size_t pad; |
| 7212 | size_t newspace; |
| 7213 | char *p, *dest; |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | namesz = 0; |
| 7216 | pad = 0; |
| 7217 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7218 | { |
| 7219 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 7220 | |
| 7221 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
| 7222 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
| 7223 | pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1); |
| 7224 | } |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 | newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size; |
| 7227 | |
| 7228 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
| 7229 | dest = p + *bufsiz; |
| 7230 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
| 7231 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
| 7232 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (namesz, xnp->namesz )); |
| 7233 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (size, xnp->descsz) ); |
| 7234 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (type, xnp->type)); |
| 7235 | dest = xnp->name; |
| 7236 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7237 | { |
| 7238 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
| 7239 | dest += namesz; |
| 7240 | while (pad != 0) |
| 7241 | { |
| 7242 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
| 7243 | --pad; |
| 7244 | } |
| 7245 | } |
| 7246 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
| 7247 | return p; |
| 7248 | } |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 7251 | char * |
| 7252 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
| 7253 | char *buf, |
| 7254 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7255 | const char *fname, |
| 7256 | const char *psargs) |
| 7257 | { |
| 7258 | int note_type; |
| 7259 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 7262 | psinfo_t data; |
| 7263 | note_type = NT_PSINFO13; |
| 7264 | #else |
| 7265 | prpsinfo_t data; |
| 7266 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO3; |
| 7267 | #endif |
| 7268 | |
| 7269 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 7270 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 7271 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 7272 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 7273 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 7274 | } |
| 7275 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 7278 | char * |
| 7279 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 7280 | char *buf, |
| 7281 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7282 | long pid, |
| 7283 | int cursig, |
| 7284 | const void *gregs) |
| 7285 | { |
| 7286 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 7287 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 7290 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 7291 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 7292 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 7293 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 7294 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS1, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 7295 | } |
| 7296 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 7299 | char * |
| 7300 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 7301 | char *buf, |
| 7302 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7303 | long pid, |
| 7304 | int cursig, |
| 7305 | const void *gregs) |
| 7306 | { |
| 7307 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 7308 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 7309 | |
| 7310 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 7311 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
| 7312 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 7313 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 7314 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
| 7315 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 7316 | #if !defined(gregs) |
| 7317 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
| 7318 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
| 7319 | #else |
| 7320 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
| 7321 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
| 7322 | #endif |
| 7323 | #endif |
| 7324 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 7325 | NT_LWPSTATUS16, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 7326 | } |
| 7327 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 7330 | char * |
| 7331 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 7332 | char *buf, |
| 7333 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7334 | long pid, |
| 7335 | int cursig, |
| 7336 | const void *gregs) |
| 7337 | { |
| 7338 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 7339 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 7340 | |
| 7341 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 7342 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| 7343 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 7344 | NT_PSTATUS10, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 7345 | return buf; |
| 7346 | } |
| 7347 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | char * |
| 7350 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 7351 | char *buf, |
| 7352 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7353 | const void *fpregs, |
| 7354 | int size) |
| 7355 | { |
| 7356 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 7357 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 7358 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET2, fpregs, size); |
| 7359 | } |
| 7360 | |
| 7361 | char * |
| 7362 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 7363 | char *buf, |
| 7364 | int *bufsiz, |
| 7365 | const void *xfpregs, |
| 7366 | int size) |
| 7367 | { |
| 7368 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 7369 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 7370 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f, xfpregs, size); |
| 7371 | } |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7374 | elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
| 7375 | { |
| 7376 | char *buf; |
| 7377 | char *p; |
| 7378 | |
| 7379 | if (size <= 0) |
| 7380 | return TRUE1; |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
| 7383 | return FALSE0; |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
| 7386 | if (buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7387 | return FALSE0; |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
| 7390 | { |
| 7391 | error: |
| 7392 | free (buf); |
| 7393 | return FALSE0; |
| 7394 | } |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | p = buf; |
| 7397 | while (p < buf + size) |
| 7398 | { |
| 7399 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
| 7400 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
| 7401 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->type)); |
| 7404 | |
| 7405 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->namesz)); |
| 7406 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->descsz)); |
| 7409 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.namesz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
| 7410 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0) |
| 7413 | { |
| 7414 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 7415 | goto error; |
| 7416 | } |
| 7417 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "OpenBSD", 7) == 0) |
| 7418 | { |
| 7419 | if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 7420 | goto error; |
| 7421 | } |
| 7422 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0) |
| 7423 | { |
| 7424 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 7425 | goto error; |
| 7426 | } |
| 7427 | else |
| 7428 | { |
| 7429 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 7430 | goto error; |
| 7431 | } |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.descsz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
| 7434 | } |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 | free (buf); |
| 7437 | return TRUE1; |
| 7438 | } |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
| 7443 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
| 7444 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | long |
| 7447 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 7448 | { |
| 7449 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 7450 | { |
| 7451 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 7452 | return -1; |
| 7453 | } |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 7456 | } |
| 7457 | |
| 7458 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
| 7459 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
| 7460 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
| 7461 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
| 7464 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 7465 | |
| 7466 | int |
| 7467 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
| 7468 | { |
| 7469 | int num_phdrs; |
| 7470 | |
| 7471 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 7472 | { |
| 7473 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 7474 | return -1; |
| 7475 | } |
| 7476 | |
| 7477 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
| 7478 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr, |
| 7479 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 | return num_phdrs; |
| 7482 | } |
| 7483 | |
| 7484 | void |
| 7485 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char *buf, bfd_vma value) |
| 7486 | { |
| 7487 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 7488 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 7491 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7492 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
| 7493 | else |
| 7494 | { |
| 7495 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
| 7496 | { |
| 7497 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
| 7498 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
| 7499 | #else |
| 7500 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
| 7501 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| 7502 | #endif |
| 7503 | } |
| 7504 | else |
| 7505 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| 7506 | } |
| 7507 | #else |
| 7508 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
| 7509 | #endif |
| 7510 | } |
| 7511 | |
| 7512 | void |
| 7513 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), void *stream, bfd_vma value) |
| 7514 | { |
| 7515 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 7516 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 7517 | |
| 7518 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
| 7519 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
| 7520 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
| 7521 | else |
| 7522 | { |
| 7523 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
| 7524 | { |
| 7525 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
| 7526 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
| 7527 | #else |
| 7528 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
| 7529 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| 7530 | #endif |
| 7531 | } |
| 7532 | else |
| 7533 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", |
| 7534 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| 7535 | } |
| 7536 | #else |
| 7537 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
| 7538 | #endif |
| 7539 | } |
| 7540 | |
| 7541 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 7542 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
| 7543 | { |
| 7544 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 7545 | } |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
| 7548 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | bfd_vma |
| 7551 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 7552 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 7553 | asection **psec, |
| 7554 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| 7555 | { |
| 7556 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 7557 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 7558 | |
| 7559 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 7560 | + sec->output_offset |
| 7561 | + sym->st_value); |
| 7562 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE0x20000000) |
| 7563 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)((sym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3 |
| 7564 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
| 7565 | { |
| 7566 | rel->r_addend = |
| 7567 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 7568 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
| 7569 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend, |
| 7570 | 0); |
| 7571 | sec = *psec; |
| 7572 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
| 7573 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 7574 | } |
| 7575 | return relocation; |
| 7576 | } |
| 7577 | |
| 7578 | bfd_vma |
| 7579 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 7580 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 7581 | asection **psec, |
| 7582 | bfd_vma addend) |
| 7583 | { |
| 7584 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 7585 | |
| 7586 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
| 7587 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
| 7588 | |
| 7589 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 7590 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
| 7591 | sym->st_value + addend, 0); |
| 7592 | } |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 | bfd_vma |
| 7595 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
| 7596 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 7597 | asection *sec, |
| 7598 | bfd_vma offset) |
| 7599 | { |
| 7600 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data; |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
| 7603 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
| 7604 | { |
| 7605 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS1: |
| 7606 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (abfd, |
| 7607 | &elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
| 7608 | sec, &sec_data->sec_info, offset); |
| 7609 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME3: |
| 7610 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, sec, offset); |
| 7611 | default: |
| 7612 | return offset; |
| 7613 | } |
| 7614 | } |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
| 7617 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
| 7618 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
| 7619 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
| 7620 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
| 7621 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
| 7622 | |
| 7623 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
| 7624 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
| 7625 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
| 7626 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
| 7627 | the remote memory. */ |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | bfd * |
| 7630 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 7631 | (bfd *templ, |
| 7632 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
| 7633 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
| 7634 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, char *, int)) |
| 7635 | { |
| 7636 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (templ)->xvec->backend_data )->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
| 7637 | (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
| 7638 | } |